summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
-rw-r--r--.gitattributes3
-rw-r--r--77512-h/77512-h.htm3642
-rw-r--r--77512-h/images/cover.jpgbin0 -> 1622551 bytes
-rw-r--r--77512-h/images/illus1.jpgbin0 -> 169446 bytes
-rw-r--r--77512-h/images/illus2.jpgbin0 -> 153545 bytes
-rw-r--r--77512-h/images/illus3.jpgbin0 -> 114537 bytes
-rw-r--r--77512-h/images/illusc.jpgbin0 -> 69321 bytes
-rw-r--r--LICENSE.txt11
-rw-r--r--README.md2
-rw-r--r--giantworld_txt.txt3451
10 files changed, 7109 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/77512-h/77512-h.htm b/77512-h/77512-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a3a442
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77512-h/77512-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,3642 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html>
+<html lang="en">
+<head>
+ <meta charset="UTF-8">
+ <title>
+ The Giant World | Project Gutenberg
+ </title>
+ <link rel="icon" href="images/cover.jpg" type="image/x-cover">
+ <style>
+
+body {
+ margin-left: 10%;
+ margin-right: 10%;
+}
+
+ h1,h2,h3 {
+ text-align: center; /* all headings centered */
+ clear: both;
+}
+
+p {
+ margin-top: .51em;
+ text-align: justify;
+ margin-bottom: .49em;
+}
+
+hr {
+ width: 33%;
+ margin-top: 2em;
+ margin-bottom: 2em;
+ margin-left: 33.5%;
+ margin-right: 33.5%;
+ clear: both;
+}
+
+hr.tb {width: 45%; margin-left: 27.5%; margin-right: 27.5%;}
+hr.chap {width: 65%; margin-left: 17.5%; margin-right: 17.5%;}
+@media print { hr.chap {display: none; visibility: hidden;} }
+hr.full {width: 95%; margin-left: 2.5%; margin-right: 2.5%;}
+div.chapter {page-break-before: always;}
+h2.nobreak {page-break-before: avoid;}
+
+x-ebookmaker-drop {display: none;}
+
+.center {text-align: center;}
+
+.right {text-align: right;}
+
+.smcap { font-variant:small-caps; }
+
+/* Images */
+.figcenter {
+ margin: auto;
+ text-align: center;
+ page-break-inside: avoid;
+ max-width: 100%;
+}
+
+.caption p
+{
+ text-align: center;
+ text-indent: 0;
+ margin: 0.25em 0;
+ font-weight: bold;
+}
+
+.blockquot {
+ margin-left: 10%;
+ margin-right: 10%;
+}
+
+div.titlepage {
+ text-align: center;
+ page-break-before: always;
+ page-break-after: always;
+}
+
+div.titlepage p {
+ text-align: center;
+ text-indent: 0em;
+ font-weight: bold;
+ line-height: 1.5;
+ margin-top: 3em;
+}
+
+.ph1 { text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; }
+.ph1 { font-size: x-large; margin: .83em auto; }
+
+.ph2 { text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; }
+.ph2 { font-size: medium; margin: .83em auto; }
+
+.ph3 { text-align: right; text-indent: 0em; }
+.ph3 { font-size: medium; margin: .83em auto; }
+
+table {
+ margin-left: auto;
+ margin-right: auto;
+}
+
+table.autotable { border-collapse: collapse; }
+table.autotable td,
+table.autotable th { padding: 4px; }
+
+.tdl {text-align: left;}
+.tdr {text-align: right;}
+.tdc {text-align: center;}
+
+ </style>
+</head>
+<body>
+<div style='text-align:center'>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 77512 ***</div>
+
+<div class="figcenter x-ebookmaker-drop">
+ <img src="images/illusc.jpg" alt="">
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chap">
+
+<div class="titlepage">
+
+<h1>The GIANT WORLD</h1>
+
+<p class="ph1">By RAY CUMMINGS</p>
+
+<p>NOTE—This: serial, while complete in itself, is a<br>
+sequel to <i>Explorers Into Infinity</i>, which<br>
+narrated the previous adventures of Brett and Martt<br>
+on the distant world. The story appeared in<br>
+<span class="smcap">Weird Tales</span> for last April, May and June.</p>
+
+<p>[Transcriber's Note: This etext was produced from<br>
+Weird Tales January, February, March 1928.]</p>
+
+
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chap">
+
+
+<h3>CONTENTS</h3>
+
+<table>
+<tr><td class="tdr">1</td> <td class="tdl"><a href="#CHAPTER_1">THE SUMMONS</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">2</td> <td class="tdl"><a href="#CHAPTER_2">STOLEN INTO SMALLNESS</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">3</td> <td class="tdl"><a href="#CHAPTER_3">THE THING IN THE FOG</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">4</td> <td class="tdl"><a href="#CHAPTER_4">THE WILD NIGHT RIDE</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">5</td> <td class="tdl"><a href="#CHAPTER_5">CLIMBING INTO LARGENESS UNFATHOMABLE</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">6</td> <td class="tdl"><a href="#CHAPTER_6">THE BLOOD-RED DAY</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">7</td> <td class="tdl"><a href="#CHAPTER_7">THE FIGHT ON THE PARAPET</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">8</td> <td class="tdl"><a href="#CHAPTER_8">YOUTH!</a></td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<hr class="chap">
+
+<div class="chapter">
+<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_1"><i>CHAPTER 1</i></h2>
+</div>
+
+<h3>THE SUMMONS</h3>
+
+
+<p>I was startled. Yet I think that I subconsciously I was prepared for
+it; expecting it. The little cylinder flipped out of its tube and
+dropped on my desk before me. My name was on it, glowing with tiny
+luminous letters: <i>Frank Elgon, Interplanetary Mails, Division 4,
+Great-New York</i>. It looked just like any other Departmental message
+cylinder. But instinctively I knew it was not; and my heart was
+beating fast as I clicked it open.</p>
+
+<p>Relayed through Code Headquarters. I saw that on the small rolled tape
+inside. And saw the signature, Dr. Gryce. It should not have been
+startling, but my fingers were trembling as I unrolled the tape and
+hooked it into the automatic decoder. And I stood gripping my chair as
+the line of English letters pricked themselves on the blank white sheet
+at which I was staring:</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+
+<p>"Frank—I can not bear it any longer. We must go—we must find
+Brett at any cost. Will you stand by us? Come at once. Hurry.</p>
+
+<p class="ph3"><span class="smcap">Dr. Gryce.</span>"</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>My mind leaped back. I sat at my desk staring blankly, while in
+the office around me all the bustling activity of the accursed
+Interplanetary Mails faded before the surging visions of my memory.
+It was four years since that other momentous day when Dr. Gryce had
+sent for me. And I had gone to him; and listened amazed at his weird,
+fantastic theories. Our sun, planets, and stars—all the vastness of
+the star-filled heavens, he had told me then—were but the infinite
+smallness of a greater world. All this that we call our Celestial
+Universe was no more than an atom—of the giant world encompassing it.</p>
+
+<p>Fantasy! Yet it had proved sober, tragic fact. Tragic, because Dr.
+Gryce's older son, Brett, had gone out there to that giant world. Gone,
+and never returned. Nor been heard from; four years now, while old Dr.
+Gryce at the end of his life waited despairingly.</p>
+
+<p>I had known always that the time would come when Dr. Gryce would wait
+no longer. He would send for me—friend of Brett—and friend of his
+other two children, Martt and Francine. For a year every cylinder that
+had dropped on my desk had made my heart leap that it might contain
+this summons which now lay before me.</p>
+
+<p>"<i>I can not bear it any longer. Will you stand by us?</i>" So simple
+an appeal! But I knew the turgid torrent of heartache—the final
+desperation of an old man's suffering—which prompted it.</p>
+
+<p>Young Grante at the desk next to mine was sorting his pile of official
+communications newly arrived by the Venus mail. I turned to him.</p>
+
+<p>"I'm going away," I told him. In spite of myself—an unfortunate
+mannerism when I am perturbed—my voice sounded gruff, ill-tempered.
+"There is no time to argue—will you please notify Official 4 that
+my—my post is vacant."</p>
+
+<p>He raised his eyebrows. "Vacant?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes. I'm going away." I was on my feet. Outwardly calm, but within me
+was a seething emotion. Going away! Out there into the immensity of the
+Unknown, where my friend Brett had gone, not to return. Young Grante
+could not guess. He was thinking Great-London perhaps—or the Asiatic
+province. Or perchance, Venus, or Mars.</p>
+
+<p>I laughed harshly. "Don't question me, Grante. Just tell them—my post
+is vacant."</p>
+
+<p>I left the room with his amazed stare following me. In the corridor,
+through a window I caught a glimpse of the tenth pedestrian level; its
+crowd of people moving upon the diverse activities of their tiny lives.
+Already I felt apart from them. Frank Elgon, Division 4. Presently, to
+such of them as knew me, I would be no more than a memory. "That young,
+rather quarrelsome Elgon, who walked out of his office in a temper, and
+vanished." They would say that, and then forget me.</p>
+
+<p>I laughed again. But the thought brought a pang of regret, and a
+shudder.</p>
+
+<p>In ten minutes I was within a pneumatic cylinder, speeding underground
+to the Southern Pennsylvania area, to the home of Dr. Gryce.</p>
+
+<hr class="tb">
+
+<p class="ph2">II</p>
+
+<p>Martt and Frannie met me at the outer gateway. Their manner held a
+singular gravity. I had expected them to be excited, of course. But
+their grave, somber smiles of greeting, their instinctively hushed
+voices, seemed unnatural. This was no reckless, devil-may-care spirit
+of high adventure which I had anticipated the twins of Dr. Gryce would
+display. Sober drama. Their involuntary glances at the white house
+nestling against the hillside carried a foreboding.</p>
+
+<p>Drama, but it seemed almost to be tragedy. My heart sank. There was
+something very wrong here with the Gryces; something more imminent than
+the fact of Brett's absence over four years.</p>
+
+<p>But I said nothing. Dear little Frannie gave me her two hands. They
+were cold.</p>
+
+<p>Martt said, "Thank you for coming, Frank. Father is—waiting for you."
+His voice, usually flaunting, mocking at everything with the reckless
+spirit of youth, chilled me with its queerly broken tone.</p>
+
+<p>We crossed the flowering gardens to the white house standing so
+peaceful in the afternoon sunlight. Martt led the way. The twins were
+twenty-one years old now. Alike physically, and in temperament. Both
+smaller than average height; slim and delicate of mold; blue-eyed,
+and fair of hair. They were always laughing; carefree—the spirit of
+irresponsible youth. But not today. I regarded Martt, trudging ahead
+of me—debonair, jaunty of figure in his tight black silk trousers and
+loose white shirt, bare-headed, his crisp, curly hair tousled by the
+wind. But there was a slump to his shoulders, a heaviness to his tread.
+And little Frannie behind him: girlishly beautiful, with her tossing
+golden curls, her familiar house costume of gray blouse and widely
+flaring knee-length trousers. But there was upon her a preternatural
+solemnity; a maturity of aspect indefinable.</p>
+
+<p>At the doorway Martt turned and fixed me with his somber, blue-eyed
+gaze. And spoke with the same queer hush to his voice.</p>
+
+<p>"Father is upstairs, Frank. He is—dying. He wants very much to live
+until you arrive."</p>
+
+<p>Upon the pillows in the darkened room lay Dr. Gryce's head with its
+shaggy, snow-white hair, the mound of the sheet betraying his pitifully
+wasted body.</p>
+
+<p>Martt said softly, very gently, "Frank is here, Father. You see he came
+in time—plenty of time."</p>
+
+<p>But the head, with face to the wall, did not move; no stirring marked
+the fragile body lying there.</p>
+
+<p>Martt gave a cry; with Frannie he rushed to the bedside. It was all
+too evident. In a moment Martt stood up, leaned silently against the
+bedpost, a hand before his eyes as though dazed. And Frannie knelt at
+the bed and sobbed.</p>
+
+<p>We expect death all our lives, yet the instinct of life within us never
+ceases to feel a shock, and a revulsion. For a long time these children
+of Dr. Gryce did not move or speak. Then Frannie leaped to her feet.
+Her face was tear-stained; but her sobs were suddenly checked, and her
+eyes were blazing.</p>
+
+<p>"Martt! His last wish—the very last thing he said—was that we go out
+ourselves and find Brett. He said it—he said Brett might need us—his
+dying wish. And I'm going, and so are you. We've got to, Martt! And
+we want Frank with us. Oh, Frank, you'll go with us, won't you? Out
+there—to join Brett?"</p>
+
+<hr class="tb">
+
+<p class="ph2">III</p>
+
+<p>The burial was passed. We had not spoken of our enterprise, but
+it had never left my thoughts. This boy and girl so newly come
+to maturity—but I was twenty-nine. Upon me would fall the main
+responsibility.</p>
+
+<p>We sat at last in Dr. Gryce's study—the three of us alone—to discuss
+our task. With the first poignancy of their shock and sorrow already
+dulled by time, upon the faces of Martt and Frannie was stamped grimly
+their simple purpose.</p>
+
+<p>"But, Martt," I said, "Brett's vehicle was very intricate. It
+traveled in Space—but in Time as well. And grew gigantic in size.
+Your father's genius built it. But we have no such genius to build
+another——"</p>
+
+<p>"You forget," he interrupted. "Think back, Frank. That day you came
+here. And we showed you the models of the vehicle. There were four of
+them——"</p>
+
+<p>Then I remembered. Dr. Gryce had shown me four small models. One he had
+sent back into Time. A flash, like a dissipating puff of vapor it was
+gone into the Past; still here in Space above the taboret on which it
+was standing, but vanished with centuries of Time to hide it from my
+sight.</p>
+
+<p>Another of the models, with Time unchanged, Dr. Gryce had sent into
+Infinite Smallness. I remembered watching it dwindling; a speck, a
+pinhead, then invisible even to the microscope.</p>
+
+<p>Two of the models were left. Martt and Frannie, but seventeen years old
+then, had taken one into the garden. Had started it growing in size. I
+recalled our frantic efforts to check its growth, lest it demolish the
+house. This was the one in which Martt and Brett had gone to the giant
+world and in which Brett had returned alone to that distant part of our
+universe.</p>
+
+<p>One model had remained. I had never thought of it since. Martt was
+saying, ". . . and we still have that last model. Father kept it
+very carefully." Martt's smile was wistful with the memory. "I think
+he—Father—had a premonition that he would not live to carry out his
+purpose. . . . The model is here."</p>
+
+<p>He opened a locked steel box. Again I gazed silently at that small cube
+of milk-white metal—a cube the length of my forearm, with its tiny
+tower on top, its glasslike balcony, its windows and its doors.</p>
+
+<p>"It's all complete," said Martt. "And I know how to operate it."</p>
+
+<p>Frannie said with a touch of breathlessness, "For a month past, Father
+has been gathering the necessary instruments. And the supplies—you see
+he—he really thought he was going to live——"</p>
+
+<p>"We're all ready," Martt added. "We will increase this model to normal
+size. Load it with our supplies. We can start tomorrow, Frank."</p>
+
+<hr class="tb">
+
+<p class="ph2">IV</p>
+
+<p>Five million light-years from Earth! Who of finite human mind can
+conceive such unfathomable distance! Yet, as I crouched on the floor of
+the vehicle gazing down at the radiance emerging from the black void
+which was our first sight of the Inner Surface, the distance had seemed
+no more than gigantic. We were, in size, many million times our Earthly
+stature. The tiny Earth, from our larger viewpoint, was a little orange
+spinning above us in the void—a mere one-twentieth light-year away.</p>
+
+<p>Martt, for all his youth, had proved competent. He had made the trip
+once before with Brett; he handled the vehicle carefully, and with
+skill. He said now, as we three crouched by the floor window, "We'll
+soon be down to the atmosphere, Frank. I'm checking our fall—we want
+no errors——"</p>
+
+<p>We were reversed in Time—holding very nearly at a single instant, so
+that on the Inner Surface the time now was the same as it had been when
+we left the Earth.</p>
+
+<p>We argued the point; Martt said, "I think when we land—we should
+choose the point in Time about four years beyond Brett's landing. So
+that it will be four years to us—and also to him. Don't you?"</p>
+
+<p>We decided upon that, so that we would reach the Inner Surface and
+find Brett had been there four years. It seemed to strike a greater
+normality. Find Brett! Would we find him? I wondered, as I knew Martt
+and Frannie were wondering. But in our plans we always took it for
+granted.</p>
+
+<p>The radiance beneath us grew brighter. And at last we entered the upper
+strata of atmosphere, falling gently downward. It was a fair, beautiful
+land, as Brett and Martt had said. A sylvan landscape, with an air of
+quiet peace upon it. A broad vista of land and water; patches of human
+habitation—houses, villages; a city.</p>
+
+<p>Martt was at the telescope. "Pretty good, Frank! I've hit it—I see the
+city—off there, isn't it? And the crescent lake."</p>
+
+<p>He changed our direction slightly. As we dropped, the broad crescent
+lake lay beneath us. Trees bordered its banks; and to the right was the
+city of low-roofed, crescent-shaped buildings banked with flowers. And
+beyond the city a rolling country of gently undulating hills, with a
+jagged mountain range up near the horizon.</p>
+
+<p>From this height it was a visibly concave surface. And it was gray and
+colorless, for we were passing abnormally through its Time. Then Martt
+threw off the Time-switch; we took the normal Time-rate of the realm.
+And in size we were also normal.</p>
+
+<p>At a height of perhaps a thousand feet Martt held us poised above the
+city. "They'll see us now," he said. "If—if Brett is down there he'll
+recognize us. I'll land in the grove where we landed before. We'll give
+Brett time to get there to meet us."</p>
+
+<p>With the Time-switch off, color and movement had sprung into the scene.
+The forests were a somber growth of dull, orange-colored vegetation.
+The water was a shimmering purple; and above us was a purple sky, with
+faint clouds, and dim stars up there—stars which seemed very small and
+very close.</p>
+
+<p>The white houses gleamed and glowed in the starlight. Yet it seemed
+not night; nor day either. A queerly shimmering twilight. Shadowless,
+as though everything were vaguely phosphorescent.</p>
+
+<p>In the broad city streets there was movement. Vehicles; people. And the
+people now were gathered in groups, staring up at us.</p>
+
+<p>We landed in the little clearing at the edge of the lake near the city.
+And now at the last, Frannie gave voice to the fear which was within us
+all. "Oh Frank, do you think Brett will be here?"</p>
+
+<p>There were human figures in the near-by thickets. I saw them through
+the windows, but we were too busy with the landing to look closely. The
+vehicle came to rest. Martt and I flung open the door. The vegetation
+was thick near by; we stepped from the vehicle onto a soft, mossy
+sward, and stood in a timid group, with tumultuously beating hearts.</p>
+
+<p>"Martt! Frannie! Frank!" It was his voice! Brett was here! And we saw
+him step from a thicket. His familiar voice; his familiar figure, but
+so fantastically garbed that it brought to me a wild desire to laugh,
+for I was half hysterical with the relief of seeing him.</p>
+
+<p>Frannie cried, "Brett! My brother! You're all right, Brett, aren't you?
+I'm glad you're all right."</p>
+
+<p>Under stress, how inarticulate are we humans! I said awkwardly, "How
+are you, Brett? We thought we'd come and see you."</p>
+
+<p>He took Frannie in his arms. And wrung Martt's hand, and mine, while
+his strange companions stood in the background among the trees,
+watching us.</p>
+
+<p>"Of course I'm all right," he declared. "And terrifically happy." A
+shadow crossed his face; his glance went to the vehicle's doorway.
+"Father didn't come with you?"</p>
+
+<p>Then Martt showed a wisdom far beyond his years. This was no time to
+bring sorrow to Brett. Martt said smoothly, "Father is better than he
+has ever been, Brett. We'll tell you—later."</p>
+
+<p>"Good! That's fine!" Brett's face was radiant. "You're just in time,
+you three. I'm to be married tonight."</p>
+
+<p>But even then as I wrung his hand again, and congratulated him, I had a
+premonition that it was not to be.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+
+<div class="chapter">
+<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_2"><i>CHAPTER 2</i></h2>
+</div>
+
+<h3>STOLEN INTO SMALLNESS</h3>
+
+
+<p>"Life is pleasant here," said Brett. "Pleasant, and indolent. It does
+not make for progress, but it is happiness—and I'm beginning to wonder
+if that is not best, after all."</p>
+
+<p>We were sitting in an arcaded passage on the roof of the home where
+Brett lived. Crescent archways opened to the roof, where stood banks
+of vivid flowers, with a vista of the city beyond. The building seemed
+of baked earth, rough like adobe, and of dull orange color. It was a
+two-storied, crescent-shaped structure, set upon a wide street-corner
+near the edge of the city. The home of Leela's father. I had never
+forgotten Leela—the girl Brett and Martt had rescued from the giant on
+their first visit here. Brett had fallen in love with her. It was she
+whom tonight he was to marry. And this was her father's home—Greedo,
+the old musician.</p>
+
+<p>"I have lived here with them six months," Brett said.</p>
+
+<p>Martt exclaimed, "Six months! Why Brett, you have been gone four years!"</p>
+
+<p>We had miscalculated the Time-change of the vehicle. Our purpose had
+been to strike this realm of the Inner Surface at a point in Time which
+to Brett would be four years. But now we found it six months only.</p>
+
+<p>Brett smiled. "I'm glad you didn't postpone your arrival. You've no
+idea how pleased I am to have you—tonight of all nights."</p>
+
+<p>We had not yet seen Leela, or her father. Brett said that Leela would
+be up presently to greet us. The city was excited over our coming. A
+crowd was gathered in the street before the house; Brett had made them
+a brief speech; Frannie, Martt and I had stood at the parapet and waved
+to them.</p>
+
+<p>Then Brett had spoken of a younger sister of Leela's. Her name was
+Zelea—they called her Zee.</p>
+
+<p>Martt sat up at this. "Where was she when we were here before?"</p>
+
+<p>"Away," said Brett. "She was too young to meet a man then. Only now has
+she come to be sixteen. You'll like her, Martt. I want you to like her."</p>
+
+<p>"I will," said Martt enthusiastically, "if she's anything like Leela."</p>
+
+<p>"You were telling us about the life here," I suggested. "We always
+called this land the Inner Surface——"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," he agreed. "It is concave, like the inner shell of some great,
+hollow globe. Within the space it encloses——" He gestured to where,
+through the arcade, a segment of purple, star-filled sky was visible.
+"All that which we of Earth called the Celestial Universe is enclosed
+by this concave shell. You would think that this must be a gigantic
+region——" He smiled again. "It is not. Compared to our present
+enormous size, I imagine the circumference of this Inner Surface is
+not unduly great. I don't know. These people have not explored very
+far. They are not wanderers—they are too indolent, too contented, to
+wander."</p>
+
+<p>He paused to drink from a shallow receptacle which stood before us, and
+offered Martt and me what appeared to be arrant cylinders to smoke.</p>
+
+<p>"I have learned a little of the language. Proper names are impossible
+to translate. But the meaning of their word for this land, I call
+in English. Romantica. The romantic land. It is, I fancy, about
+five hundred miles square. Beyond it lie forests and mountains. No
+one here has ever penetrated them. There are wild beasts, birds,
+insect life—and fish and reptiles in the water. But they are not
+dangerous—not aggressive. It is not because of them that these people
+avoid exploration. It is—just indolence."</p>
+
+<p>"I don't wonder," I said. "This is very peaceful here—I have no
+desire to do anything in particular." From the city streets a drone of
+activity floated up to us; but it was almost somnolent.</p>
+
+<p>"It's always like this," said Brett. "Almost no change of seasons—the
+light always the same. There is no disease here—or very little.
+Food—grains, and what we would call vegetables, grow abundantly in
+this rich soil. The trees give milk—even the bark and pulp of them are
+edible. Life is easy. There is nothing to struggle against.</p>
+
+<p>"Through generations, it has made the people kindly. There is little
+crime. No struggle for land, or food or clothing. Crimes involving
+sex——" He gestured. "Wherever humans exist there will be crimes of
+that origin. But our women here are very sensible, and when a woman
+does what is right—well, you know, don't you, that most deeds of
+violence into which men plunge over women have a woman's wrong actions
+at the bottom of them? There is little of that here, for the women take
+care that there shall not be.</p>
+
+<p>"So they call their country Romantica. They are not a scientific
+people. They do not struggle for advancement. Art has taken the place
+of science. Painting. Sculpture. Music. They have developed music
+very far. It has a soul here. It speaks—it sings—it seems a living
+entity. It is—what music ought to be, but seldom is—the pure voice
+of love, of romance. . . . I was telling you about our country. Most
+of its population live in villages, and in individual dwellings
+strewn about the hills. There are but two large cities. This one—the
+largest—they call Crescent. Or at least their word for it suggests the
+shape of the lake. The other city is about fifty miles from here"—he
+gestured again—"off there where you see the line of mountains. They
+call it Reaf. It's a quaint city. Built largely over the water—rivers
+there—hot, subterranean rivers which rush underground—under the
+mountains. They go—who knows where? No one has ever been down them.
+The mountains are honeycombed with caves, tunnels, passages leading
+within, and up. Always up. But into them no one has ever penetrated.
+Legends tell fabulous tales of a great world up there. The giants, we
+think——"</p>
+
+<p>When Brett and Martt had first come here, giants had appeared.
+Dwindling giants—strange, savage beings of half-human aspect. They
+had appeared—no one knew from where. Growing smaller until they were
+normal size to this realm. Not many had been seen. Some had kept on
+dwindling; they had grown so small, when attacked, that they had become
+invisible. At the thought, I moved my foot involuntarily with a shudder
+of uneasiness. Here on the floor beside me now, men like beasts might
+be lurking, so small I could not see them. Yet in a moment they might
+grow to a stature greater than my own. . . .</p>
+
+<p>Men like beasts! . . . And I remembered that, with size gigantic, they
+had destroyed the third city of Romantica.</p>
+
+<p>Upon Brett's face lay a cloud of apprehension. "We have never heard
+from them since. It is thought—I think myself—that they came from
+the subterranean rivers, or through the underground passages of the
+mountains. I conceive this concave surface upon which we're living
+to be the inner surface of a shell. It may not be very thick—there
+at Reaf. Above it—beyond it—up or down are mere comparative
+terms—beyond it must lie some vastly greater outside world. This whole
+realm is doubtless within an atom of that greater world. It would be a
+convex surface up there—with a sky and stars beyond. . . .</p>
+
+<p>"We have never seen the giants since that time when Martt and I rescued
+Leela. Everyone here seems to have forgotten them——" Brett's voice
+was heavy with apprehension. "These people are so trustful! They forget
+so quickly! No one worries. Our rulers here—a venerable man and woman
+long past the age when death is expected—are so gentle, kindly, that
+they can not imagine harm coming to their people. They have forgotten
+the Hill City which the giants destroyed. Trampled upon it! Six or
+eight giants—they must have been several hundred feet tall—stamping,
+kicking the building! I've been there—I've seen the ruins—strewn for
+miles—and with buildings, colonnades and terraces mashed into the
+ground! There were no more than half a thousand people surviving that
+destruction of the Hill City—and thousands died. But everyone says
+now, 'The giants are gone. We are safe.'"</p>
+
+<p>Brett's voice had risen to a swift vehemence. "It's been like living
+on a volcano to me, all these months. There are no weapons here. My
+own few flash-cylinders—of what use would a tiny flash of lightning
+be against beings so gigantic? We've got to do something. For if those
+giants come again——"</p>
+
+<p>A step sounded in the oval doorway near at hand. Leela stood
+smilingly, deprecatingly before us.</p>
+
+<hr class="tb">
+
+<p class="ph2">II</p>
+
+<p>Brett said, "Come here, Leela. This is my sister, and my friend, Frank
+Elgon. And here's Martt."</p>
+
+<p>Leela advanced hesitantly, her face a wave of color as she met our
+gazes. She was smaller, and even slighter than Frannie, her figure
+adorned and revealed by its single, simple garment—more like a short,
+glistening veil than a dress. Her hair was long and dark, caught by
+a band at her neck, and flowing free beneath. Her arms and legs were
+bare. At her wrists, gray-blue bands with small tassels; on her feet,
+queerly high-heeled wooden sandals, with tasseled thongs crossing on
+her ankles. The sandals clacked as she walked; her step was mincing,
+with a suggestion of the Orientals of our Earth.</p>
+
+<p>Brett eyed the sandals with a humorous twinkle. "For why are those,
+Leela?"</p>
+
+<p>Her blush heightened. "In honor of our guests. I thought you would like
+them."</p>
+
+<p>With a swift gesture, she stooped, untied the thongs and cast the
+sandals off. Her feet were very white, small and delicately formed,
+with rounded, polished nails stained pink. She stood untrammeled, lithe
+and graceful as a faun.</p>
+
+<p>"I am glad to meet Brett's sister—and his friend. And you, Martt—I
+am glad to see you again." Her voice was soft as a Latin's. She shook
+hands with Martt and with me, and returned Frannie's affectionate
+embrace.</p>
+
+<p>As I saw them together—these two girls of different worlds—I was
+struck with the dissimilarity of them. Pert, vivacious little Frannie,
+blue-eyed, fair of hair—brown-skinned from the outdoor life she loved.
+And Leela—smooth, white skin, dark hair and luminous eyes, a fragile
+grace to her every movement. None of my words are adequate. There was
+about her an aura of romance; a strange wild spirit of something for
+which every man in his soul has a longing; a beauty with a quality
+ethereal—half human, but half divine.</p>
+
+<p>A twinge of conscience came to me that I—Frank Elgon—could think such
+thoughts and see such beauty in any girl who was not Frannie.</p>
+
+<p>Leela was saying, "My father would have you come down soon. And Zee is
+down there—Zee is very much excited, Brett. There is so much to do
+before tonight——"</p>
+
+<p>Brett's arm was around her. "And you—of course you're not excited, are
+you, Leela?"</p>
+
+<p>She returned his caress, embarrassed further by his teasing. He added,
+"We will be down presently."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," she said; and with a pretty gesture, she left us.</p>
+
+<p>The sandals lay discarded on the floor. Brett gathered them up,
+regarding them tenderly. "She is so easy to tease, I love to do it. But
+if you try that with Zee——"</p>
+
+<p>"You shouldn't tease her," said Frannie. "She's a darling. I love her
+already."</p>
+
+<p>Brett's wedding day! For all his quiet, whimsical teasing of Leela,
+the love he bore her enveloped him like a shining cloak. Yet his
+father whom he loved so dearly was dead, and Brett did not know it. I
+whispered to Martt about it later.</p>
+
+<p>"I think we should not tell him," said Martt. "Not—until we have to."</p>
+
+<p>And we did not. Looking back on it now, how much was to happen to
+Brett—to Martt, to us all! What fearsome things—danger, desperation,
+despair—were to be our allotted portion before we even thought again
+of old Dr. Gryce who was dead!</p>
+
+<hr class="tb">
+
+<p class="ph2">III</p>
+
+<p>Brett was to be married that evening—a public festival and ceremony
+over which the whole city was in an anticipatory fever.</p>
+
+<p>"The festival of lights and music," said Brett. "They hold it at
+periodic times. It is a wonderful sight. It generally includes a
+marriage—girls find it romantic. Leela selected it for us. Greedo
+is in charge of it—Leela and Zee always take part in its music. We
+must go down—they are waiting for us—there is so much for them to do
+between now and this evening."</p>
+
+<p>"I'll help," said Frannie. "Come on, Martt—I guess you want to meet
+Zee, don't you?"</p>
+
+<hr class="tb">
+
+<p class="ph2">IV</p>
+
+<p>We found Leela's father to be a grave, black-robed, kind-faced old man
+of an age indeterminate. Sixty, or eighty, I could not have told. In
+vigorous health, evidently. His figure was spare, straight, but not
+tall. His thick, gray-black hair he wore long to the base of the neck.</p>
+
+<p>He greeted us quietly, with an admirable dignity commanding immediate
+respect.</p>
+
+<p>"You are a musician," I said, after we had been talking for a time.
+"Brett has told us something about your music here. It must be very
+beautiful."</p>
+
+<p>He smiled. "Music is a wonderful thing. It ennobles. There is in it
+a touch of something beyond our poor human understanding. A touch
+of—what you call Divinity."</p>
+
+<p>"You speak our language very well," I exclaimed.</p>
+
+<p>"A language is not difficult. All minds are similar—that is why music
+can make so universal an appeal." His voice was earnest, his eyes
+sparkling. It was the subject most absorbing to him.</p>
+
+<p>I said, "You teach music——"</p>
+
+<p>He raised a deprecating hand. "Yes. But that is nothing. I teach the
+fundamentals"—he struck his breast—"the rest comes from within. For
+myself, I am a mere retailer of sound. A peddler of something someone
+else has made. The composer—he is the real artist. I have hoped that
+some day Leela will compose. Brett has promised that he will urge
+her. . . . Just now, she sings." He twinkled at Leela. "I fear she
+thinks she sings very well. Pouf! It is nothing! She, too, is only a
+sound-peddler."</p>
+
+<p>With a burst, Zee entered the room. A smaller replica of Leela. Yet how
+different! She came like a mountain torrent tumbling from the hillside.
+Her short, dull-red draperies whirled about her elfin figure. Her dark
+eyes were blazing. Black hair, flying over her shoulders with her
+tumultuous entrance.</p>
+
+<p>"Father! That is not so!" She stamped one of her bare feet, then rose
+on strong, supple toes and whirled half around. The muscles stood out
+beneath the smooth satin skin of her calves. "Leela, why do you let him
+say such a thing? You sing beautifully." She whirled back. "And what am
+I, then?"</p>
+
+<p>The old man was wholly unperturbed. "You, Zee? Why, you are a peddler
+of movement. Very swift, tempestuous movement, generally." He added to
+me, "She thinks she is an artist. She is not. She is only a dancer."</p>
+
+<hr class="tb">
+
+<p class="ph2">V</p>
+
+<p>It was what on Earth would have been termed late evening when we
+started for the festival. Greedo, with his two daughters, had left half
+an hour before.</p>
+
+<p>We were dressed now in the fashion of the country. Brett had suggested
+it; Martt had insisted upon it. I remembered with what a jaunty
+swagger Martt had worn his clothes upon his return to Earth that
+other time. He was dressed similarly now. A cloth shirt of glaring
+green, with a high, rolling collar in front, and low in the back;
+short trousers very wide and flapping at the knee. The trousers were
+a lighter green, with dark green stripes; his stockings were tan; and
+his green shoes were long and pointed. Over his shirt was a short tan
+jacket, wide-shouldered and with puffed sleeves, and bangles dangling
+from elbows and wrists. And there was a skirt to the jacket, rolling
+upward at the waist.</p>
+
+<p>My own costume was in the same fashion; and though it was a sober gray,
+befitting my more mature years, I felt for a time awkward and foolish
+in it. But when in the crowded city streets I found that no one seemed
+particularly to remark me, I soon forgot it.</p>
+
+<p>Brett wore a long cloak; I did not see how he was dressed. Frannie also
+wore a cloak. Just before leaving she tossed it aside, and stood before
+me, waiting for my admiration, with her characteristic twinkle, and her
+pert upflung face daring me to disapprove. Even by contrast with Leela
+and Zee, to my eyes at least Frannie was very pretty. She wore the
+single draped garment with silver cords crossed at her breasts to shape
+her figure; and with banded wrists, and tasseled bands above the knees.
+Her blond curls were tied with flowing tassels. The whole costume, a
+gray and blue, with a single deep-blue flower in her hair. And thin,
+flexible sandals on her little feet.</p>
+
+<p>She eyed me. "Do you like me, Frank?"</p>
+
+<p>"I—why, why—Frannie——" I would have told her then that I loved her,
+as I had very nearly told her myriad times in ten years past. But who
+was I to ask the love of any girl? A sorter of planetary messages, poor
+as a towerman in the lower traffic! "I—why yes, Frannie. Of course I
+like you. You're—beautiful."</p>
+
+<p>She had a quaint little circular hat, stiff and round, with a dull-red
+plume and a tassel. We men wore hats of a solidly wooden aspect—low,
+round crowns and triangular brims. Martt's was sea-green, with tassels
+all around its brim. But mine and Brett's were sober gray, and
+unadorned.</p>
+
+<p>We started on foot. The city streets were dim in the luminous twilight.
+Overhead, the sky with its thin-strewn stars was cloudless. A holiday
+aspect was everywhere. Crowds of people were in the streets. Young men
+and girls, gay with laughter. Most of them were cloaked. A vehicle,
+with runners like a sleigh gliding over the grassy pavement, drawn by a
+squat, four-legged animal, went by us. It was jammed with girls; one of
+them leaned out and waved at me. Her slim white arm came down; her hand
+twitched off my hat, sent it spinning. I caught a glimpse of her face;
+dark, laughing eyes, a mouth with mocking lips stained red. . . .</p>
+
+<p>The sleigh passed on.</p>
+
+<p>With Brett leading us we turned toward the lake. Most of the crowd
+seemed to be heading that way. Occasionally we were recognized. Stares
+of interest at us, the strangers, and cheers for Brett.</p>
+
+<p>He said to me, "They're all very happy, Frank. Like children." I
+fancied that he sighed—he, for whom this night of all nights should
+have been his happiest.</p>
+
+<p>In a group, with the swirling merrymakers about us, we made our way
+to the lake shore. The water was rippled by a gentle night breeze;
+the stars gleamed on the water surface with tiny silver paths. Boats
+were here—double canoes with outriders; and a few sailboats, small,
+single-masted, with triangular and crescent sails.</p>
+
+<p>We found a small canoe; Brett sculled it with a broad-bladed paddle.
+Other boats were around us. A long canoe with a dozen sweeping
+paddles shot by us with the racing strokes of its men, and with
+shouts from its laughing girls. Another, smaller, turned over. Its
+men swam, and righted it. They climbed aboard, hauling up the girls.
+The wet draperies clung to them; they came up like dripping, gleeful
+water-sprites, tossing their black hair. . . . A barge went slowly
+along, drawn by two canoes. A lighted canopy was over its occupants—a
+huge, woven garland of flowers. The canopy gleamed with spots of
+vivid-colored lights.</p>
+
+<p>"The luminous flowers," said Brett. And I saw that the large purple
+blossoms were gleaming with a purple light—a phosphorescence inherent
+in them; and red blossoms, like crimson lanterns; and others orange,
+and green. Music floated upward from the barge, soft and sweet over
+the water. The tinkle of strings—the voices of girls singing, and men
+humming with a deeper background of harmony. . . .</p>
+
+<p>A night for love-making. The night romantic. Brett's wedding night—and
+yet, he had sighed. I knew why, for upon my own heart lay a weight
+of apprehension, heavier because it was so incongruous. Martt quite
+evidently did not feel it—he was shouting and laughing constantly
+with his pleasure. A girl from a neighboring boat tossed him a large,
+blood-red, glowing blossom. It fell short, went into the water and
+slowly sank, staining the water with its red light. Martt all but
+turned us over trying to rescue it.</p>
+
+<p>Frannie, too, seemed gay. I tried to smile; but I felt that it was
+forced. The depression upon me would not be shaken off. It grew to
+seem almost sinister. The very atmosphere of happiness around me seemed
+to intensify it. These merrymakers—in the midst of life. . . . At such
+a moment as this, death could choose to strike. . . .</p>
+
+<p>"Look!" shouted Martt. "The lights off there—is that where we're
+going?"</p>
+
+<p>A patch of gay-colored lights gleamed from over the water ahead. "Yes,"
+said Brett. "An island there, where they hold the festival. It's not
+far."</p>
+
+<p>It was an irregular circular island, a mile perhaps in extent. The lake
+waters indented it with a hundred tiny bays, inlets, and narrow, placid
+waterways. We ascended one of them. The surface of the island was
+gently undulating, and wooded, with mossy dells—nooks arched with the
+luminous flowers. Nooks for love-making.</p>
+
+<p>The whole island was strewn thick with the flowers; they grew upon
+tall, single stems—gay-colored lanterns nodding in the breeze. Beneath
+them were laughing couples; some hidden, sought and found by groups of
+marauding girls, to seize the man and laughingly whisk him away. And
+everywhere was music, soft as an echo. . . .</p>
+
+<hr class="tb">
+
+<p>We ascended the narrow waterways, came to a lagoon with a glassy
+surface wherein a thousand spots of the lantern-flowers were
+mirrored like colored stars. Near the shore here, beyond a dock at
+which we landed, was a broad enclosed space with an arcade of the
+lantern-flowers arching over it. Brilliant with their light. Most of
+the crowd seemed congregated there—a milling throng on the level floor
+inside, with liquid strains of music mingling with the shouts and
+laughter.</p>
+
+<p>"We'll go in there," said Brett. "I'll find seats for you—then I must
+leave, to join Leela and her father. There is to be a musical program.
+But first—just Greedo, Zee and Leela, and our marriage. Most of the
+music comes afterward."</p>
+
+<p>Within the arcade the lights blended into a kaleidoscope of color. All
+the cloaks were discarded now. Costumes vividly splashed as a painter's
+palette. Heavy perfumes. And that soft, echoing music. I could not tell
+its source.</p>
+
+<p>At one end of the room was a raised, canopied platform, with doors
+behind it. Most of the crowd were choosing low seats, like stools
+ranged in rows. Brett got us settled.</p>
+
+<p>"I'll leave you now—and meet you over there by the right-hand end of
+the platform, afterward."</p>
+
+<p>He left us. With Frannie between us, Martt and I sat quiet, watching
+and listening. We had not long to wait. The light around us began to
+dim; sliding curtains were obscuring the flowers over us. A hush fell
+upon the crowd. The soft music was stilled. A hush of expectancy.</p>
+
+<p>The arcade was in gloom. The light on the platform intensified. A
+deep-red glow, with a single spot focused upon a small, raised dais.
+Into the red glow came Greedo, robed unobtrusively in black. He was
+carrying a crescent frame of strings. He seated himself, and in the
+silence swept his hands across the strings. His fingers plucked them
+like a harp; and then his other hand slid upon them. The staccato
+notes rippled clear as a mountain rill, soft, muted to seem an echo of
+music. And blended with them was a low, crying melody—a fragment, then
+silence.</p>
+
+<p>Leela had appeared. She crossed through the red glow, mounted the
+dais, and stood in the silver light—Leela, robed to her feet in a
+misty silver veil through which her figure vaguely was outlined. She
+stood there drooping—a Naiad veiled in the fountain mist. . . . Then
+Greedo's music sounded. And Leela sang.</p>
+
+<p>It was like nothing I had ever heard before. Music, toned strangely,
+with strange intervals to make it neither major nor minor. Not
+happiness, nor yet sadness. A wistfulness. A longing. But with the
+promise of fulfilment.</p>
+
+<p>I listened, breathlessly; and the arcade around me faded. Greedo's
+figure in the shadow was forgotten. There was only the white figure of
+Leela; her face, the purity of girlhood, her eyes half closed, her lips
+parted with the song. Nothing else—save myself. I stood in a void,
+stretching out my arms to Romance. All that I had ever dreamed, and
+vaguely longed for without understanding what it meant, was upon me.
+All that woman could mean to man—the spirit of the ideal never to be
+attained in mortal flesh—seemed suddenly attained. Romance—that thing
+elusive—intangible as a thought in the vaguest of dreams. It was mine!</p>
+
+<p>The song ended. Applause rang out. Leela was gone.</p>
+
+<p>Martt breathed beside me, "Frank! Wasn't that—wonderful! It was
+like——Look, here comes Zee!"</p>
+
+<p>Zee was on the platform—a whirlwind of veils, stained by the red
+light, white limbs flashing as she whirled. Greedo's music was faster
+now. Snapping staccato, with a thrum of melody. The lights changed to
+a mingled riot of color within which Zee was dancing. An elf. A sprite
+of the woodland, with tossing hair and fluttering arms; and a laughing
+face. . . . A figure in the fairy-tale of a child. . . .</p>
+
+<p>But only for a moment. Then the dance slowed. Maturity came suddenly.
+Zee mounted the dais, and the light there was abruptly green. She stood
+in an attitude of terror, her eyes wide, hands before her, posturing
+with horror.</p>
+
+<p>It made my heart leap. For an instant I fancied it had been real. But
+the light turned silver. The horror faded into a passion of love,
+her white arms extended, her breasts rising and falling beneath the
+veils, her red lips parted with passionate longing. The abandonment
+of youth—so young, with newly awakened passion as yet but half
+understood. Then again she was whirling around the platform, leaping on
+her bare toes, light as a faun. . . .</p>
+
+<p>Behind me, suddenly a woman screamed! The reality of a long scream
+of terror! Greedo's music ceased. The lights wavered. Zee was gone.
+A scream from the audience; then another. A chaos of mingled cries.
+Clattering of feet. Stools overturned. . . . Someone fell against me. I
+went down, recovered and climbed upright. The audience was in a panic.
+I heard Martt shout, "Look, Frank! Look there over the water!"</p>
+
+<p>People were pushing me—surging to escape from the arcade. Shouting.
+Calling to one another. And the woman behind me was still screaming.</p>
+
+<p>I saw it then. Through the open side of the arcade, out a mile or
+more over the water, the great giant figure of a man was standing,
+waist-deep in the lake, his naked torso towering a hundred feet above
+it. A giant, wading in the lake, his face grotesque, malevolently
+grinning in the starlight!</p>
+
+<hr class="chap">
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+ <img src="images/illus1.jpg" alt="">
+ <div class="caption">
+ <p>"The giant grinned malevolently in the starlight."</p>
+ </div>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chap">
+
+
+
+<p class="ph2">VI</p>
+
+<p>The crowd within the arcade was in a wild panic of terror. I was pushed
+and shoved, knocked down by heedless, rushing figures. Everyone was
+trying to get outside. In a moment I was swept away. I could not get
+back to where I was sitting, or even tell where the spot had been.
+Martt and Frannie I could not see; the place was all a dim chaos of
+disheveled, panic-stricken figures. A moment before they had been so
+gay and jaunty! . . .</p>
+
+<p>A girl rushed past me. The veiling had been torn from her shoulders.
+Her eyes for an instant met mine, as she searched my face hoping to
+recognize in me the companion from whom she had been separated. Her
+dark eyes were wide, red-rimmed with fear. Her face, with all the
+beauty of youth gone from it, was chalk-white.</p>
+
+<p>She turned and rushed away from me. I thought again, "In the midst of
+life . . . why, this is horrible!" That giant off there—he could wade
+to the island in a few moments. . . .</p>
+
+<p>I fought my way out of the arcade, out under the trees by the edge
+of the lagoon. There was more room out there. In the starlight I
+could see figures rushing aimlessly away, scattering under the
+lantern-flowers . . . others hurriedly crowding the boats. One boat was
+overturned. I wondered vaguely if the struggling figures in the water
+would be drowned.</p>
+
+<p>Back near the wall of the arcade I saw a girl's figure running. It
+seemed familiar. Was it Frannie? I dashed after her. But people running
+in between us blocked me. I lost sight of her; saw her momentarily as
+she seemed to dart around the farther arcade corner. But when I got
+there, she was not in sight. Was it Frannie? Had she gone this way? Or
+into that door, back into the rear of the arcade?</p>
+
+<p>I stood in doubt. Then I saw Brett, running past me, out under the
+lantern-flowers some fifty feet away. His cloak was discarded; he was
+bare-headed. Brett in his marriage robe! Black and white, with golden
+tassels gayly dangling from the rolled skirt of his jacket. He was
+disheveled; as he ran, I saw him tear off the jacket impatiently and
+toss it away.</p>
+
+<p>"Brett! Oh, Brett!"</p>
+
+<p>He stopped; whirled toward me. "Frank! Where's Frannie—and Martt?"</p>
+
+<p>"I do not know," I said. "I lost them. That giant——"</p>
+
+<p>"The giant is wading the other way now." He pulled me past a thicket,
+and pointed. I could see the back of the giant's naked shoulders,
+towering up against the stars. He was going the other way—wading
+toward the far-distant opposite lake shore. And now against the
+island's banks, the waves the giant made were beginning to pound.</p>
+
+<p>Brett said: "I don't know where Leela is. I was in there with her—and
+with Zee. I rushed out when the alarm came—when I went back they were
+gone." He stood irresolute. "We must find them, Frank. And get back
+home." He drew a long breath. "It has come, you see, as I feared."</p>
+
+<p>"I thought I saw Frannie," I said. "Running—that way. But I'm not
+sure. I lost sight of her——"</p>
+
+<p>From behind the pavilion came a scream. The scream of a girl.
+Familiar. . . . The blood drained from Brett's face. "Leela!"</p>
+
+<p>And then I heard Frannie screaming from there also. We ran. The two
+girls were standing there clinging to each other. They seemed unharmed.
+But they were trembling, shuddering, arms gripping one another.</p>
+
+<p>"Leela! What is it?" Brett held her off, regarding her. "You're not
+hurt, are you? What is it?"</p>
+
+<p>We four seemed alone here beside the arcade. Lantern-flowers were over
+us; a thicket was near by. Frannie's arms were around me.</p>
+
+<p>"Frank—oh——" She choked; she seemed struggling to tell me something.</p>
+
+<p>I held her close. "You're not hurt, Frannie. Just frightened. What
+became of Martt?"</p>
+
+<p>Oh, horrible! What gruesome, horrible thing was this! Within my arms I
+could feel her sensibly shrinking! Her shoulders within my encircling
+arm, melting . . . palpably dwindling.</p>
+
+<p>Horrible! And there was a great cry from Brett. "Leela! My God,
+Leela——"</p>
+
+<p>At the horror of it, Brett and I stood dumbly staring; and again the
+girls clung together. They seemed dizzy; they swayed, almost fell, then
+steadied themselves.</p>
+
+<p>Visibly smaller now, like beautifully formed little children, clinging
+together, no taller than my waist.</p>
+
+<p>Dwindling!</p>
+
+<p>Then Frannie pointed to the thicket. Two small human figures stood
+there—a foot high, no more. A grinning gnomelike man, with black
+matted hair on his naked chest; and a woman—a woman thick and
+shapeless. A foot in height. But they were shrinking very fast. And
+beside them were four small animals with horns—grotesque like a dream
+mingling dog and horse and moose. The animals, too, were dwindling.</p>
+
+<p>Brett saw them; but neither he nor I made a move. At our feet Frannie
+and Leela, no higher than our ankles now, were gazing up at us, with
+tiny upraised arms, pleading.</p>
+
+<p>"Leela! Frannie!" We knelt by them. Then Brett in an agony of terror
+lifted Leela in his hand. "Leela! Don't—don't get any smaller!"</p>
+
+<p>Then he put her down. She ran, half fell the distance of my foot to
+reach Frannie. And I heard Frannie's tiny voice calling up to us in
+gasps, "We're going! He—that man there with the woman—caught us.
+Forced—down our throats—a drug. We—going——"</p>
+
+<p>Smaller than my finger. Then so small we knelt to see them. They were
+huddled against the side of a pebble. Then they seemed struggling
+toward the pebble. Behind it. Under it. Under its curve. . . .</p>
+
+<p>Brett cried, "Don't move, Frank! My God, we might trample on them!
+Don't move!"</p>
+
+<p>The figures in the thicket had vanished. By the pebble which Brett
+guarded so carefully I thought I saw Leela and Frannie. Saw a movement,
+as though an ant were there, hiding under the pebble.</p>
+
+<p>Then—they were not visible. We did not dare look too closely. They
+were gone! Still there within a foot of our straining eyes—but so
+immeasurably distant! Lost! Gone! Stolen into smallness!</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+
+<div class="chapter">
+<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_3"><i>CHAPTER 3</i></h2>
+</div>
+
+<h3>THE THING IN THE FOG</h3>
+
+
+<p>Within the arcade, when the alarm had sounded, Martt leaped to his
+feet, dragging Frannie after him. He saw me knocked to the floor, but
+could not reach me. A press of panic-stricken people was sweeping him
+away, but he clung to Frannie. Then he saw me regain my feet; saw me
+looking around. But I did not see him; and though he shouted at me, in
+the noise and confusion his words were lost.</p>
+
+<p>Frannie gasped, "What is it? What's the matter, Martt? What is it?"</p>
+
+<p>Martt did not know. But he guessed, and his heart went cold with fear.
+"We must get outside, Frannie. Hold tight! This way—it's nearer! There
+goes Frank—we'll join him outside."</p>
+
+<p>Martt was forcing a way for them through the crowd. Frannie stumbled.
+Her hold on him was broken. She fell; and before he could reach her
+he was knocked backward by a running man. When he regained his feet a
+swift-moving group was between him and Frannie. He saw two girls stop
+and help her up; then discard her. Saw her turn, confused, and run
+into a space where the crowd was thinner. He was being shoved away from
+her.</p>
+
+<p>"Frannie! Wait! This way!"</p>
+
+<p>But she did not hear him. And then he could no longer see her; there
+were too many people in between. He struggled in that direction, then
+he thought he saw me, and turned momentarily the other way. . . .</p>
+
+<p>Martt found himself alone, outside the arcade. The crowd was thinner.
+Still he was not certain of the cause of all this panic. Then he saw
+the giant. Stood, and stared with tumultuously beating heart.</p>
+
+<p>A man bumped into him; for an instant he thought that it was Brett.
+Memory of Brett reminded him that Brett was probably within the arcade,
+back of the platform-stage. He saw an opening, there in the arcade
+wall; he thought it was a doorway, leading back of the stage. He
+started for it, ran headlong into a girl standing there, staring out
+over the water to where the giant now had faced about and was wading
+away.</p>
+
+<p>"Martt!"</p>
+
+<p>"You, Zee! Where's Brett? Where are Leela and your father?"</p>
+
+<p>She clung to him, her draperies drooping, her hair tumbling in great
+dark waves over her white shoulders as she shook her head.</p>
+
+<p>"I do not know. They were in there a moment ago. Frannie came in—she
+and Leela were at the other door. Martt—that giant——"</p>
+
+<p>"He's going away, Zee. Look! You see him turned about? Don't be
+frightened. We must find Brett. I don't know where Frank is—I lost
+him. There he is—isn't that Frank? Oh—Frank!"</p>
+
+<p>They ran toward a man's figure, passing along a distant line of trees.
+But when they caught up with it, the man was a stranger. Ahead of them,
+hidden by a thicket, voices were shouting. A rhythmic call. Martt and
+Zee listened; but Martt could not understand the shouted words.</p>
+
+<p>"What is it, Zee? Can you understand them?"</p>
+
+<p>"They're saying, 'The messenger from Reaf!' Some messenger from Reaf
+has come with news."</p>
+
+<p>"Come on. Let's go see what it is."</p>
+
+<p>He gripped her hand. They ran swiftly through the woods. They were
+already several hundred feet from the arcade. The lagoon was on
+its other side; ahead of them was a patch of woods, dark, for the
+lantern-flowers did not grow along here. And beyond the woods, the
+shore of the island where the shouting sounded.</p>
+
+<p>They ran. Soon Zee was ahead, leaping like a young chamois, her veils
+and hair flying.</p>
+
+<p>"Wait!" he called. "Not so fast!"</p>
+
+<p>She stopped abruptly. And Martt stopped. There was a pounding on the
+shore; waves rolling up, as though the peaceful lake were torn by a
+storm.</p>
+
+<p>"What's that, Zee?" But the shouting began again; and without
+answering, Zee started ahead.</p>
+
+<p>The starlit lake came into view. Like a distant, monstrous shadow, the
+retreating giant was visible against the stars. On the shore, white
+waves were rolling up. A boat was here, with its sail flapping. A wave
+caught it, turned it over.</p>
+
+<p>On the strand a group of people were standing with the man who had come
+in this boat from Reaf. Zee joined the group. In a moment she returned.</p>
+
+<p>"He says—the messenger says—that giants are in Reaf! The city is
+emptied—the people have scattered into the country. The road to
+Crescent is crowded with people coming here."</p>
+
+<p>"Giants! There—as well as here——"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes. They did not attack. There were two giants. They stood in the
+lake and laughed while the people fled from the city. Hundreds were
+killed in the rush to get out—hundreds were swept away into the
+subterranean rivers and the giants stood and laughed. The city is
+deserted, and the two giants are there now."</p>
+
+<p>Men were helping the messenger right his boat. The group on the shore
+scattered back over the island, calling, "Giants! Giants are in Reaf!"</p>
+
+<p>The messenger climbed into his boat, headed it out over the now calmer
+lake.</p>
+
+<p>Martt and Zee momentarily were alone. He stared at her. He was stunned,
+confused. Giants, everywhere. This thing that had been worrying Brett
+for so long had come. Death, everywhere.</p>
+
+<p>"Let's get back, Zee. We must find Brett."</p>
+
+<p>It seemed shorter along the shore—a turn of the island near by,
+into the lagoon, and thus back to the arcade. They started off,
+running again. It was deserted along here. Zee was leading. Suddenly
+she stopped in full flight, gripped Martt, drew him behind a huge,
+pot-bellied tree trunk which stood near the water's edge.</p>
+
+<p>"Zee, what——?"</p>
+
+<p>"There, over there."</p>
+
+<p>"Where? I don't see anything."</p>
+
+<p>She whispered insistently, "Over there—in that open space. Back from
+the shore."</p>
+
+<p>She was crouching, and he crouched beside her; followed her gesture
+with his gaze—and saw what she saw.</p>
+
+<p>Tiny moving figures on the ground. Four of them, small dark blobs
+against the white sand. They were about a hundred feet away from where
+Martt and Zee were crouching. They had come out of the woods evidently,
+and were crossing this patch of white sand, heading for the water.
+Martt blinked and rubbed his eyes, staring at them. They moved in tiny
+leaps, bounding soundlessly over the sand. Each of them a foot long
+perhaps. Strange in shape; animal or human, he could not say.</p>
+
+<p>"What are they, Zee?"</p>
+
+<p>But she did not answer. Her little body was shrinking against him; he
+could feel her shudder.</p>
+
+<p>The figures seemed long and thin, horizontal to the ground, with
+something sticking upright like a tower from the middle of them. Martt
+gasped. He had thought them four animals, with humps like upright
+towers. They were not. He saw them now as running dogs with horns, each
+with a tiny human figure on its back. And he gasped again. They were
+growing larger!</p>
+
+<p>They crossed the sand in bounds and momentarily stopped. Already they
+were fully half normal size. Four horned animals that might have been
+grotesque dogs, or horses. Saddled; and mounted upon them, a heavy-set,
+half-naked man; a strange, shapeless woman—and two girls!</p>
+
+<p>Normal size now! No, already they were larger! Growing rapidly larger!
+Frannie and Leela!</p>
+
+<p>Martt half started to his feet. He opened his mouth to shout
+impulsively, but Zee drew him back and silenced him. The four animals
+were taking to the water. Swimming with heads stretched out. Martt
+could see Frannie and Leela bending forward, each clutching the horn of
+her mount. In single file the animals swam swiftly out into the starlit
+lake. They did not seem to be growing any further. Twice normal size
+perhaps. Soon they were four dark blobs on the shining water. Visually
+seeming smaller by distance. V-shaped lines of silver phosphorescence
+streamed out in the water behind them with their swift forward
+progress.</p>
+
+<p>And presently they were vanished.</p>
+
+<hr class="tb">
+
+<p>Martt and Zee stood up. They could not explain it. They tried to, but
+could not. But the main facts were clear. That had been a man and
+woman giant, and four of their animals. They had captured Frannie and
+Leela. Had made the girls and the animals change size like themselves.
+They had all, just now, been very small in size. To escape observation
+coming across the island to its shore, Martt concluded.</p>
+
+<p>He said, "We must get to Brett—tell him about this. And then—go after
+them——"</p>
+
+<p>Again they started running along the shore, intending to turn at the
+lagoon-mouth for the arcade. Martt's thoughts flew swift as his legs.
+Leela and Frannie captured . . . they must be rescued . . . then all
+of them would get into the vehicle and go to Earth—get out of this
+danger. . . .</p>
+
+<p>Zee was saying, "That is Reaf, off that way where they went."</p>
+
+<p>The wading giant had also gone that way. The messenger had said that
+Reaf was deserted, that giants were there. Evidently Reaf was the place
+at which these giants first appeared. Evidently it was the point of
+entrance and departure for them into and out of this realm. Leela and
+Frannie were being taken to Reaf. . . .</p>
+
+<p>Martt's heart leaped. An idea was forming in his mind. A plan—a mad,
+reckless plan. But it seemed possible of success. . . . He thought of
+the vehicle. It would be of no use against these giants. It was too
+unwieldy. Besides, shut up in it one could not attack. And when they
+stopped it to disembark, the giants would overwhelm it. Or, if at the
+moment it was too gigantic for them, then they would escape before
+the occupants of the vehicle could get out to stop them. . . . And
+besides, the vehicle was too precious—no chances like that should be
+taken with it.</p>
+
+<p>Martt told himself that he must get Brett to hide the vehicle. Guard it
+somehow. . . .</p>
+
+<p>A mad idea, this plan he was pondering. . . . They came to the
+lagoon-mouth; and here, to crystallize Martt's plan, to make it seem
+feasible—here lay a small sailboat, deserted by its owner. It lay,
+half pulled up on the sand, around the bend of the lagoon.</p>
+
+<p>"Zee! Stop! Wait! I want to talk to you."</p>
+
+<p>Zee had been bounding ahead of him. She stopped, waited, faced him. He
+was breathless.</p>
+
+<p>"That sailboat," he said. "It's one of the fast kind, isn't it?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes." She regarded it. "Yes. Very fast."</p>
+
+<p>It was no more than a shell. A flat, spoon-shaped affair, with a small
+cockpit just large enough for two; and it had a very tall, flexible
+mast, and an overlarge crescent sail. The sail was flapping. Out on the
+lake the wind had risen. It was blowing directly toward Reaf.</p>
+
+<p>"Zee, listen—could you sail that boat?"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, yes."</p>
+
+<p>"You could handle it in that wind out there?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes. Of course."</p>
+
+<p>"And it would go—how fast, Zee?"</p>
+
+<p>"You mean—to Reaf?" She was as excited as he.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes. To Reaf. We could get there. Go after them. Cautiously. We could
+hide before we got there. I've a plan——"</p>
+
+<p>"How long to Reaf?" She pondered. "Three—what you call hours. We go
+fast in a wind like that."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes. That's it. Fast. Three hours. Zee, listen. Reaf must be where
+the giants go to leave for their own world. They're taking Frannie
+and Leela there. You see? And if we can get there—get into Reaf"—he
+gestured—"Zee, if they—those giants are very big, then we to them are
+small. Tiny. And it's quite dark. It would be dark in the caverns near
+Reaf—the houses there near the subterranean rivers. We would be so
+small the giants might not see us."</p>
+
+<p>He drew a long breath. "My plan, Zee, is to get in there, hide, and
+find a giant from whom we can steal the drugs. With the drugs——"</p>
+
+<p>She was trembling with excitement. No fear now. Reckless as only youth
+can be. "Oh Martt, if we could get the drugs! Brett said the giants
+must be using drugs. And make ourselves larger than the giants——"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes. Then I can fight them. Rescue Leela and Frannie. We've got to do
+it. Bring Leela and Frannie safely back. We'll say, 'Here they are,
+Brett.' But if we wait, if we stop now it will be too late."</p>
+
+<p>Before Martt's eyes was the vision of himself and Zee returning
+victoriously with the rescued girls. And with the drugs in his
+possession. There would be no danger then. The giants, knowing the
+drugs were stolen, would not dare remain. . . . They would all escape
+up into their own world. . . .</p>
+
+<p>"Will you do it, Zee? Shall we go?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes."</p>
+
+<p>Martt thought of his flash-cylinder. "I wish I had it, Zee."</p>
+
+<p>"Where is it?"</p>
+
+<p>"In the vehicle. But we have no time to get it."</p>
+
+<p>"I think it would not be of much use."</p>
+
+<p>"No. I don't think so either. But all I've got is this." He displayed a
+knife whose blade, as long as his hand, slid back into its handle for a
+sheath.</p>
+
+<p>"Good," she said. He replaced the knife. They climbed into the boat.
+Martt shoved it off.</p>
+
+<p>In a moment they were beyond the quiet lagoon, heading out into the
+starlit lake, with the lights of the island fading behind them.</p>
+
+<hr class="tb">
+
+<p class="ph2">II</p>
+
+<p>The wind was strong when they were beyond the island. The sail bellied
+out in front of them like a great crescent dish; the spoon-shaped boat,
+barely skimming the surface of the water, rode high on a white wave
+beneath it. Zee lay on her side, upraised upon an elbow with her hand
+on the knife-blade rudder that trailed the water behind them. Beside
+her, hunched with arms wrapping his upraised knees, Martt sat and
+peered ahead under the sail.</p>
+
+<p>The lake was dim in the starlight; its concavity rose to the horizon.
+It seemed empty ahead. No boats. The wading giant had vanished; the
+swimming figures were gone.</p>
+
+<p>As they sailed with the wind, the night seemed windless and calm, save
+that the lake boiled under them, swiftly passing. Martt was in no mood
+to talk. Zee, too, was silent, engrossed with her task of guiding the
+boat.</p>
+
+<p>Occasionally, with a surreptitious, sidelong glance, Martt regarded her
+intent little face, earnest and solemn. Long, dark lashes, tendrils of
+dark hair around the slim white column of her throat; her outstretched
+limbs revealed by the stirring draperies. . . . A lock of her hair flew
+across his cheek. He touched it, cast it away.</p>
+
+<p>"Zee?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, Martt?"</p>
+
+<p>"I was thinking—you dance very beautifully."</p>
+
+<p>She turned to him, and smiled; a whimsical smile, and her eyes were
+dark woodland dells of fairyland. "Father does not think so. A peddler
+of movement—violent, tempestuous movement! Do you think that, Martt?"</p>
+
+<p>"No," he assured her. "Of course I don't." As she turned back to her
+steering, his fingers furtively caught a hem of her robe and held it.</p>
+
+<p>There was a long silence. Then he said, as though there had been no
+silence, "Of course I don't. I think you dance beautifully." And he
+added, "It made me——" His tongue was about to say, "It made me love
+you," but his beating heart smothered the words. He amended, "It made
+me think that your father was very wrong to say that. And about Leela,
+too."</p>
+
+<p>At the mention of Leela he saw a shadow cross Zee's face. He tensed
+himself; set his jaw grimly. This was no time for thoughts of love.
+Leela, and his sister Frannie, were captured by giants. There was work,
+danger for him and for Zee, up ahead in this starlit night. He would
+need all his wits, all his resourcefulness. . . .</p>
+
+<p>He remembered the one visit he had formerly made to Reaf; tried to
+recall how the city lay. Tried to plan what he and Zee would do, now
+when they got there.</p>
+
+<p>He said, "Zee, the rivers at Reaf that plunge into the mountains—no
+one has been in them very far?"</p>
+
+<p>"No," she said.</p>
+
+<p>"Can you walk along their banks, inside, under the mountains?"</p>
+
+<p>She nodded. "In some places there are narrow ledges beside the water.
+But how far—no one knows."</p>
+
+<p>"And in other places—near Reaf, I mean—there are tunnels?
+Passageways?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes. Back into the caves and beyond."</p>
+
+<p>"I think," he said, "that back through there is the way to the giants'
+huge outer world. They've come down, and through the ground behind the
+mountains. Do you suppose they'll take Leela and Frannie up to their
+own realm? Or keep them in Reaf?"</p>
+
+<p>"I think—we do not know anything about it," she said.</p>
+
+<p>He smiled grimly. "You're right, we don't. Why the giants should come
+here at all I don't know. But we're going to know more about it before
+we get through with them, Zee. What I'm hoping is that we might find
+one of them alone. We've got to get the drugs away from them somehow.
+We've got to."</p>
+
+<p>Martt remembered once arguing with Brett about the giants. Brett
+had thought that they used some drug—two drugs—one to shrink
+proportionately each of their body cells, and the other similarly to
+increase the size of the cells. Drugs of the kind had already been
+sought for on Earth. Nitrogen was the basis for growth. And the new
+element, Parogen, had been found to cause a shrinkage. In Mars they had
+developed such drugs further—but they were still impractical for human
+use.</p>
+
+<p>These giants evidently had something of the kind. And it must be
+radio-active—it must cause a radiation affecting vegetable or animal
+matter in near proximity to the changing body. The garments of the
+giants expanded and contracted with their bodies. But Brett had said
+that a weapon in your hand—particularly one of mineral—would not
+change size. . . . The thought was to some slight degree, at least,
+comforting to Martt; the giants would be unarmed.</p>
+
+<p>Zee's voice broke in on his thoughts. "Look, there are the mountains
+behind Reaf."</p>
+
+<p>Over the lake, ahead of them the distant horizon was a haze of
+phosphorescence. But to the left a line of shore had become visible;
+and now Martt saw up ahead the vague, dark outlines of the mountains.
+Sharp, jagged peaks, tinged with a green-white.</p>
+
+<p>Another hour. The shore to the left was nearer. Undulating land along
+the lake. A ribbon of road along the water . . . Martt thought he could
+see blobs moving along it. Away from Reaf, moving toward Crescent.</p>
+
+<p>"The refugees from Reaf," said Zee. "The messenger said all the roads
+were crowded."</p>
+
+<p>Another half-hour. Ahead the mountains frowned, rising sheer from
+the water. The lake was more shallow here; they began passing flat,
+muddy islands, with river channels flowing between them as in a delta.
+A blur there, at the foot of the mountains, was Reaf. The silver
+phosphorescence of the lake was darkening; the water looked muddy,
+turgid. In a narrow channel between two islands, Martt noticed a quite
+visible current flowing toward Reaf. It rippled the water as it passed
+over a bar which Zee skilfully avoided.</p>
+
+<p>There were other islands, with water bubbling up from them, and clouds
+of steam rising. Zee trailed her hand overboard.</p>
+
+<p>"We are in the warm water now. Feel it, Martt."</p>
+
+<p>The lake water, fed by boiling springs from all this region, was
+noticeably warmer. And every moment the current toward Reaf was
+becoming stronger. Martt knew that all this part of the lake converged
+to the mouths of the subterranean rivers at Reaf; converged and plunged
+under the ground.</p>
+
+<hr class="tb">
+
+<p>The city of Reaf was now in sight. It spread sidewise over an area of
+a mile or two. The houses were perched on stilts, like flat, awkward,
+long-legged birds squatting in the water.</p>
+
+<p>During all this time Martt and Zee had been watching closely for any
+sign of giants. There were none in sight—nothing that seemed alive
+over this turgid water, the disconsolate group of houses, the sheer
+cliffs with the sullen mountains above them. Two yawning black openings
+showed where the rivers entered. . . .</p>
+
+<p>A deserted city, its inhabitants fled. Some had been drowned, the
+messenger said. There would be no floating bodies; the current would
+have sucked them all into those yawning black mouths. . . . A deserted
+city. But somewhere in there among the houses, giants might be
+lurking. . . .</p>
+
+<p>Martt said abruptly, "We'd better get the sail down. They can see it
+too easily." They were still some two miles from the outskirts of the
+city. But no more than half a mile from the nearer shore. It swung past
+them to the left; perpendicular black cliffs rising from the water with
+a narrow rocky strip along the bottom against which the water sucked.</p>
+
+<p>Zee helped Martt lower the sail. There were poles aboard; the lake here
+was no more than five feet deep. They could pole the boat ashore. Walk
+unobserved toward the nearer river-mouth. Into the city, to hide among
+its buildings.</p>
+
+<p>With a thrill of apprehension Martt realized that they might already
+have been seen. But he thought it unlikely. From the hot water, vapor
+was rising in a fog. It hung like a white shroud over Reaf. Once in it,
+surrounded by the fog, they would be comparatively safe.</p>
+
+<p>"Zee, can you swim?"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, yes," she said. "But Martt, if you get in the water, be very
+careful of the rivers."</p>
+
+<p>Silently they poled the boat to shore. Drew it up from the current,
+left it on a shelving rock ledge. The strip here was some ten feet
+wide; the hot, black lake in front, sluggishly surging toward Reaf;
+and above them the smooth cliff-face.</p>
+
+<p>The wind had turned—a swirling current turned by the mountains. The
+fog from Reaf came rolling down upon them. It grew dark; the stars were
+obscured. In the humid steam they could see no more than twenty feet.</p>
+
+<p>"Good," said Martt. "This is what we want." He spoke in a half-whisper;
+stoutly, but his heart was beating fast. He drew his knife and opened
+its blade. "Come on, Zee. And listen, you keep close to me. Whatever
+happens, we must keep together. And if you see anything—or hear
+anything—don't speak. Just touch my arm."</p>
+
+<hr class="tb">
+
+<p>They started, creeping silently along the rocks in the fog. It seemed
+miles. The water was hot beside them. The fog, like a gray curtain,
+opened reluctantly before their advance. Presently the ghostly outlines
+of houses were visible, a group of them clinging forlornly together
+near the shore. Wooden platforms like balconies connected them. A
+bridge came over and down to the rocks.</p>
+
+<p>Then other buildings. A large one of two stories, backed against the
+cliff-face. Martt and Zee went under it, groping in the blackness among
+its piling. The close, heavy air smelt of fish.</p>
+
+<p>They came out to find that the rocky shore had ended. A narrow incline
+walk led out and up over the water to another group of ghostly
+buildings. They were some thirty feet away, standing on stilts some ten
+feet high. In the gray darkness of the fog their shadowy outlines were
+barely visible.</p>
+
+<p>Martt stopped. "Zee," he whispered, "how far are we from the nearest
+river-mouth?"</p>
+
+<p>"Not far," she said. "Listen."</p>
+
+<p>In the silence he heard the rush of water. As he stood there, suddenly
+this whole adventure seemed impractical. There were no giants here.
+They had all gone on, up into largeness unfathomable, taking Leela
+and Frannie with them. How could he follow? Even if he dared plunge
+under the mountains, he could never reach that outer realm. It was
+gigantic—compared to his present size it might be a million miles away.</p>
+
+<p>Or, if there were giants still lurking here in Reaf, of what use to
+seek them out and be killed by them?</p>
+
+<p>For an instant Martt hopelessly considered turning back. But he never
+reached the decision; Zee's fingers gripped his arm—cold, shuddering
+fingers. He stared, as he saw her staring, and within him his blood
+seemed to stop its flow.</p>
+
+<p>Something was coming down the narrow incline bridge at the foot of
+which Martt and Zee were standing frozen, transfixed with horror.
+Something . . . in all the dark murk of fog Martt could not make it
+out. An animal? It seemed oblong, the size of a large dog. He could see
+its moving legs—eight or ten legs, moving as it walked. He felt Zee
+stir beside him; he withstood his impulse to run. That would make too
+much noise; the thing would bound after them—catch them. . . .</p>
+
+<p>There was a rotting post beside Zee. She and Martt crouched there and
+watched with a horrified fascination the thing as it came padding down
+the incline. It was vaguely green-white; it seemed luminous. As it
+approached, Martt saw it was a sleek body, moving lithe like a panther.
+A green-white thing. And then he saw that it was headless. A blunt end,
+with a gaping, dripping mouth and a shining green eye on a protruding
+stalk. It stopped, turned the eye to look upward and back.</p>
+
+<p>Martt's breath was stopped. In the silence he seemed to hear his own
+tumultuously beating heart, and Zee's. The thing was coming on again.
+Now Martt could hear sounds from it. A whining; a babbling. And from
+the houses, up there at the end of the incline, came another sound. A
+great, heavy breathing. A giant was up there asleep! This thing—like
+nothing of Zee's world—belonged to the giants! Martt's heart, for all
+his horror, leaped with exultation. A giant, asleep! A giant smaller in
+size now, if he were up in those houses. He would have the drugs; they
+could steal the drugs from him while he slept.</p>
+
+<p>The thing on the incline was quite close. It glowed with its own light,
+greenly phosphorescent, like the ghost of something in a dream, leprous
+with its missing head.</p>
+
+<p>Another moment. It was passing close beside Martt. A luminous liquid
+dripping from the gaping slit of its mouth. Its eye on the stalk peered
+ahead. Its voice was clearly audible. A whine; and babbling sounds like
+words.</p>
+
+<p>Revulsion, even more than fear, swept Martt. This thing was muttering
+words! Animal, or human—it was talking, babbling to itself. Strange
+words of an unknown tongue—but human words. Babbling them as though
+with reason unhinged. Gruesome! This leprous thing—leprous of body;
+and leprous of mind!</p>
+
+<p>It passed within an arm's length of Martt as he crouched. And suddenly,
+without conscious thought, he struck at it with his naked knife.
+Horrible! The knife sank, but the thing was scarce ponderable! Martt's
+hand with the knife went down and through the luminous green body, with
+a feeling of warmth and a wet stickiness, but no more.</p>
+
+<p>The force of the blow, unresisted, threw Martt off his balance. He
+fell forward, but still clutched the knife. The thing, with a sharp,
+horrible cry of pain, lurched backward. Then stood with its eye
+quivering, poised for its attack.</p>
+
+
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+
+<div class="chapter">
+<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_4"><i>CHAPTER 4</i></h2>
+</div>
+
+<h3>THE WILD NIGHT RIDE</h3>
+
+
+<p>Frannie forced her way out of the crowded arcade, with its struggling,
+panic-stricken occupants. She was confused, terrified. Separated from
+me, and then from Martt, her only idea was to find us again; or find
+Brett. Outside the arcade she turned aimlessly to where the crowd
+momentarily was least dense. Panic-stricken people—all strangers. Then
+she saw Leela in the shadow of a doorway of the arcade, and ran to her.</p>
+
+<p>"Leela! What is it? What has happened?"</p>
+
+<p>People around them were shouting. Leela said, "Giants. There is a
+giant off there in the lake. I was looking for Brett. He came out
+here. Oh, Frannie——"</p>
+
+<p>The two girls clung to each other. It was dark where they stood. At
+the moment the crowd had surged the other way. Suddenly Frannie became
+aware of a dark form looming beside her. A man twice the size of
+herself. She tried to scream, but a great palm went over her face. She
+felt herself being jerked from her feet. . . .</p>
+
+<p>She half fainted; recovered to find herself in a thicket within a few
+feet of the arcade. Leela was beside her. Leela panted, "Don't scream,
+Frannie! They'll—kill us if we scream!"</p>
+
+<p>The man was with them, and a thick-set lump of a woman. Not so large
+now. Almost normal in size, for they were dwindling. The man was naked
+to the waist, a gray-white, barrel-like chest matted with hair. A face,
+fearsome with menacing eyes, and a head of matted black locks.</p>
+
+<p>And in the thicket were four horned animals; saddled, like large horses
+with spreading antlers. The animals were dwindling. . . .</p>
+
+<p>The man rasped a command at Leela. From his belt he drew small pellets,
+white like tiny pills of medicine. He thrust one at Leela, forced it
+down her throat. Leela gasped, "You must take it, Frannie. He says—it
+is harmless—but if we resist—he will kill."</p>
+
+<p>Then the man thrust his fingers into Frannie's mouth, his arm holding
+her roughly. She gulped, swallowed. It was an acrid taste. . . .</p>
+
+<p>The man pushed her roughly from the thicket. And pushed Leela. His
+triumphant laugh was the rasp of a file on metal. Leela and Frannie
+stumbled to the wall of the arcade, stood clinging together. And
+suddenly, with the realization of what was upon her, Leela screamed.
+And Frannie screamed, though she did not yet understand.</p>
+
+<p>A wave of nausea possessed Frannie. Her head was reeling. Voices
+sounded near by—familiar men's voices. My voice, and Brett's! We came
+running at the sound of the screams.</p>
+
+<p>Frannie held tight to the swaying Leela as Brett and I rushed up. And
+I took Frannie in my arms. Brett was demanding, "Leela, what is it?
+You're not hurt, are you? What is it?"</p>
+
+<p>Frannie wanted to try and tell me. "Frank—oh——" She choked; her
+throat was constricted.</p>
+
+<p>And then Frannie really knew! Within my arms she felt herself
+shrinking! Growing smaller; but it was not so much that; rather was it
+that my encircling arm was expanding, holding her more loosely.</p>
+
+<p>With the horror of it, Brett and I stood apart. Frannie's nausea was
+passing; her head was steadier, but dizzy with the strange movement of
+the scene around her. She clung to Leela, and, of everything within her
+vision, only Leela was unchanging. The wall of the arcade was slowly
+passing upward; its nearer corner was moving slowly away; Brett and
+I were growing. Our waists reaching to Frannie's head; and then our
+knees. She gazed upward to where, fifteen or twenty feet above her, our
+horrified faces stared down.</p>
+
+<p>The mind always takes its personal viewpoint. Frannie and Leela were
+dwindling into smallness. But now that the nausea and dizziness
+were past, to them, they alone were normal. Everything else seemed
+changing . . . the whole scene, growing gigantic. . . .</p>
+
+<p>It was a slow, crawling growth—a steady, visible movement. The ground
+beneath their feet was a fine white sand. To Frannie's sight this patch
+of sand had originally been some ten feet, with the arcade wall on one
+side, and a thicket on the other. But the ground was shifting outward
+with herself as a center. Under her bare feet she could feel its steady
+movement—drawing outward, shifting so that her feet were drawn apart.
+She had to move them constantly.</p>
+
+<p>Beside her now she saw my foot and ankle as large as herself; the
+towering shafts of my legs—my face a hundred feet or more above her.
+The arcade wall stretched up almost out of sight—lantern-flowers
+loomed up there like great colored suns. . . . The thicket was a
+hundred feet away—a tangle of jungle.</p>
+
+<p>Then Frannie saw the giant Brett reach down and pick Leela up on his
+hand—saw Leela whirled gasping into the air. A moment, then Brett set
+her gently back on the ground. She was some twenty feet from Frannie.
+She ran, half stumbled across the rough white ground until again the
+girls were together.</p>
+
+<p>The arch of my sandaled foot was now as tall as Frannie. The arcade
+wall was very distant; the thicket was a blur in the distance. That
+small patch of white sand had unrolled to a great stony plain. Rough;
+yellow-white stones strewn everywhere. Frannie saw my feet and
+Brett's—as large as the arcade once had been—moving away with great
+surging bounds up into the air and back. A boulder was near by—a rock
+as tall as Frannie. It was visibly growing. She gripped Leela—together
+they crept to the boulder's side, huddled there.</p>
+
+<p>But they could not remain still. The boulder was expanding. It towered
+over them; but it was drawing away as well, for the ground was
+expanding. Constantly they shifted their position to remain close to
+it, to huddle under its protecting curve. It had been a rock taller
+than their heads; it was now a mountain. It loomed above them—a
+bulging cliff-face of naked, ragged rock.</p>
+
+<p>Then it was no longer moving. Everything now had steadied; the ground
+was motionless. A normality came to Leela and Frannie. Their terror
+faded into apprehension, and a desire, a determination to do what they
+could to help themselves. They stood up and looked around them.</p>
+
+<hr class="tb">
+
+<p class="ph2">II</p>
+
+<p>They were in the midst of a vast, rock-strewn plain, illumined by a
+half twilight. It seemed miles in extent—a rolling country of naked
+rock over which, for a sky, hung a remote murk of distance. A naked
+landscape, rolling upward to a circular horizon, with the circular
+mountain of rock standing beside them at its center.</p>
+
+<p>Leela now seemed quite calm. She said, "We are not unfathomably small.
+Too small for Brett to see us, but not if he gets a glass to magnify.
+He will mark the spot where we are—he will do something, Frannie—we
+must not be too much frightened."</p>
+
+<p>There seemed nothing that they could do to help themselves. No use to
+wander; though no great harm either, for they could roam for miles over
+this rocky waste to cover no more than a foot or two of the white sand
+Brett would be guarding.</p>
+
+<p>To Frannie's imagination came the thought of insects! A crawling ant in
+that white sand would now be a monster gigantic! She gazed around in
+terror, but there was nothing of the kind in sight.</p>
+
+<p>A desolate landscape, empty of movement. Frannie's heart leaped. In the
+distance something was moving! She gripped Leela.</p>
+
+<p>"There's something out there—something moving out there!"</p>
+
+<p>Tiny moving specks. Too terrified to run, the girls stood staring.
+A mile or two away, specks were moving across the rocky plain. They
+seemed coming nearer. They separated into four specks. Four gray
+blobs, coming swiftly forward.</p>
+
+<p>In a few moments they were distinguishable. Four running animals,
+bounding, leaping over the rocks. Animals with horns. Two of them
+running free; two with riders.</p>
+
+<p>Leela gasped, "That's the giant! And the woman! They're coming to find
+us!"</p>
+
+<p>For a moment the two girls stood transfixed, heedless that they would
+be discovered. To Frannie came the thought: The giant, the woman and
+the four animals had been dwindling. They had stood in the thicket,
+hiding from Brett. They were coming from the thicket now, riding over
+the vast rocky plain headlong to regain their captives. Brett could not
+see them; they were too small. Brett was probably standing a few feet
+from here on the sand—afraid to come closer for fear of treading upon
+the girls; and those few feet were miles away across this naked desert.</p>
+
+<p>The four animals came leaping forward. They ran low to the ground,
+necks extended like huge dogs on a trail. Already they were no more
+than half a mile away. The figures of the riding man and woman showed
+plainly. They all seemed about normal size as compared to Frannie and
+Leela.</p>
+
+<p>Abruptly Frannie recovered her wits. "We must hide! They must not find
+us!"</p>
+
+<p>They hid, out of sight around a corner of the lower rock-face of the
+mountain; crouched, waiting with wildly beating hearts.</p>
+
+<p>But it was useless. Either they had been seen or the animals scented
+them. Soon they heard the man calling his mount. No noise of galloping
+hoofs, for the beasts ran lightly on padded feet. A moment, then the
+animals burst into view around the jutting rock; bounded up and stopped
+before the crouching girls.</p>
+
+<p>The man dismounted. His grin was a leer of triumph. He spoke to
+Leela—a harsh, guttural command in her own language, as he had spoken
+before when he forced the drug upon her.</p>
+
+<p>Leela dragged herself to her feet, and Frannie after her. The man spoke
+again. Less harshly this time, and at greater length. He gestured at
+Frannie.</p>
+
+<p>Leela said, with a quiver in her voice that she tried to hold to
+calmness, "He tells me that his name is Rokk. This woman here is his
+mate—he calls her Mobah. He says they come from a very big world—down
+here to our world of infinite smallness. Oh, Frannie, what can we do?
+He says they are going to take us with them, up there to that Giant
+World."</p>
+
+<p>Frannie, too, strove for calmness. "Ask him—why? What harm have we
+done to him? Tell him—we don't want to go——"</p>
+
+<p>Leela turned to this man who had called himself Rokk. Then she appealed
+to the woman—but the woman stared dumbly and turned away.</p>
+
+<p>"Frannie—he says we will learn later what he wants. He says—we will
+not be harmed if we cause no trouble. We are going—he says he is going
+to take us——"</p>
+
+<p>"Which way?" Frannie interrupted.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know. I suppose to Reaf."</p>
+
+<p>"Ask him."</p>
+
+<p>Leela asked him. "Yes, by way of Reaf. He says we will mount the
+animals—he calls them dhranes. They run very swiftly—as Brett
+describes your wolves of the northern ice-fields of your Earth."</p>
+
+<p>Frannie demanded, "He says we go to Reaf?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes. We will cross the island—out the lagoon—riding the dhranes as
+they swim."</p>
+
+<p>Memory of the island—the arcade—the lagoon and the lake came to
+Frannie. The island! It seemed so remote, so gigantic. This vast rocky
+waste surrounding them now was only a small patch of white sand beside
+the arcade wall.</p>
+
+<p>She said swiftly, "Leela, ask him how we can ever do that when we are
+so small? Why, it must be hundreds of miles—for us in this size—just
+to reach the shore of the island."</p>
+
+<p>"I told him that. He said, 'Of course.' He said he has been riding from
+the thicket ever since he got small enough to avoid Brett's sight.
+While they were still diminishing they were riding. He was afraid Brett
+would see them—but he had to take that chance."</p>
+
+<p>"I mean," said Frannie breathlessly, "tell him we must get larger. It
+is too far in this small size. Tell him you know the island and the
+lake well—we will help him escape——"</p>
+
+<p>Leela nodded eagerly. "So that if we get large, Brett may see us?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes. Try and get him to make us large at once—now. Tell him we'll
+help him——"</p>
+
+<p>Rokk grinned sardonically at Leela's words. Leela turned to Frannie in
+chagrin.</p>
+
+<p>"He says he will do as he thinks best—and we will do as we are told."</p>
+
+<p>Rokk added another command. Leela said, "We must mount the dhranes,
+Frannie. I think we had better do as he says—and not talk. Can you
+ride a saddle like that?"</p>
+
+<p>From Frannie's viewpoint, the dhranes were now about the size of
+small horses—four-legged, long-haired, shaggy beasts with crooked,
+wide-spreading antlers. They moved as though on springs. Frannie was
+reminded by their movements of giant leopards she had seen in cages on
+Earth. But they seemed gentle, docile enough. The saddles were oblong,
+padded with fur, with a high and a low foot-rail, both upon the same
+side, on which the rider's feet could rest.</p>
+
+<p>"I can ride that," said Frannie; and nimbly mounted. There was no
+bridle; Frannie leaned forward and clutched the antlers. Leela mounted.
+Rokk moved his dhrane about by spoken words, and by slapping its
+haunches with his hands.</p>
+
+<p>Leela said, "He is going to give us some of the drug, Frannie. Some
+now—to make us larger. But before we are very large he says we will
+be beyond the arcade, in the woods where Brett can not see us. We will
+ride very fast——"</p>
+
+<p>The animals lapped their drug eagerly. The man and woman took theirs,
+with Leela and Frannie. To Frannie again came a moment of nausea—a
+reeling of the senses. But it was quickly passed.</p>
+
+<p>Rokk shouted. Frannie tensed herself. The dhrane under her bounded
+forward. The ride began.</p>
+
+<hr class="tb">
+
+<p class="ph2">III</p>
+
+<p>At first Frannie clung tensely to the antlers; but soon she found it
+was not necessary to do so. The dhrane ran with long, smooth bounds;
+sure-footed on the rocks as a chamois, noiseless, lithe as a great cat.
+It ran, with head extended, low to the ground; beneath her, Frannie
+could feel the play of its smooth muscles, rippling under its shaggy
+skin.</p>
+
+<p>The woman Mobah rode her dhrane behind Frannie. Leela was directly
+ahead, with Rokk leading. In single file they bounded forward. Leela's
+black hair and draperies flew in the wind. She rode, bending forward,
+her body loosely responsive to the animal's bounds.</p>
+
+<p>The wind of their forward movement sang in Frannie's ears. The ground
+fled by under her with a blur of yellow movement. And all around her
+was the murky night, rushing at her, passing, and closing in behind.</p>
+
+<p>A wild, night ride like the fairy dream of a child. Wild, and
+free . . . a fairy dream. . . .</p>
+
+<p>An exaltation was upon Frannie; she urged her mount to greater speed.
+And thought of the drug she had taken. . . .</p>
+
+<p>The drug was acting. The rushing night seemed shrinking. Everywhere
+the murk was contracting. The ground was smoothing and turning from
+its yellow to white. Overhead a remote—very remote—spot of red light
+shone like a dying sun in the heavens. A lantern-flower! Frannie's
+heart leaped with triumph. They were growing larger. . . .</p>
+
+<p>She heard Rokk shout to his dhrane; felt her own mount stretch
+closer to the ground as the speed was increasing. The rushing night
+contracting . . . they seemed riding up . . . and up . . . the ground,
+the night was shrinking under them. . . .</p>
+
+<p>A wild, night ride up through a fairy's dream . . . it seemed endless.
+Wildly free, with the exaltation of a child's fancy upon it. . . .</p>
+
+<p>Frannie became aware that the vast rocky plain was shrunken to a
+smoother level. And ahead now, she saw a great forest, with colored
+suns about it. Soon they were in the forest. A jungle. Flat, orange
+stalks of grass twenty feet high. The dhranes bounded through them.
+Shaggy outlines of tree trunks, each vast as a mountain. They rose into
+unfathomable murky distance overhead. But these were all dwindling. The
+giant jungle was shrinking . . . passing slowly, but ever faster.</p>
+
+<p>A fantasy . . . the dream of a child. . . .</p>
+
+<p>Rokk called again. Their pace slackened. Frannie saw an open space
+ahead. Coarse white sand—a patch of it half a mile in extent. Beyond
+it a broad beach. Water shining off there. The lake, with stars above
+it.</p>
+
+<p>The dhranes ran more slowly. The white open space shrank as they
+traversed it. The beach rushed at them. It had narrowed. Frannie saw
+it as almost of normal aspect—the narrow shore of the island. The lake
+was starlit—beautiful.</p>
+
+<p>Rokk paused a moment at the water's edge. Frannie gazed around.
+The woods were behind them. A large, dark tree-trunk was near by
+on the shore. Frannie gazed that way idly; and though she did not
+know it, Martt and Zee were crouching there, staring with a confused
+fascination. A moment. The shore shrunk further; the water had advanced
+to lap the stamping, impatient feet of the dhranes. Rokk spoke softly.
+His dhrane waded in, with the others following.</p>
+
+<p>Frannie again gripped her beast's horns. The water rose almost to the
+saddle. It was warm and pleasant. The dhrane swam smoothly, swiftly,
+with neck stretched out, nose skimming the surface.</p>
+
+<p>A dwindling silver lake. Ripples of silver-green phosphorescence; lines
+of silver fire diverging behind the swimming animals. . . .</p>
+
+<p>Frannie turned to gaze at the receding island. An island already
+shrunken, dotted with shrinking colored lights. And ahead, the empty
+starlit lake.</p>
+
+<hr class="tb">
+
+<p class="ph2">IV</p>
+
+<p>Riding over the land, it had been a breathless whistling of wind, a
+swift surging of the ground beneath Frannie's feet. Here in the lake it
+was quiet and calm; the warm lapping of the silver-streaked water; the
+quiet stars overhead. Frannie heard Rokk talking back over his shoulder
+to Leela, and then Leela drew in her mount and spoke to Frannie.</p>
+
+<p>"He says the giants have all gone back through Reaf to their own world.
+One was wading out here toward Reaf. He was very large then; he is to
+stay in Reaf on guard, while we go on. He is there now—it is not far."</p>
+
+<p>"How big are we, Leela? Did he say?" There was no way, here in the
+lake, by which size could be compared. The exaltation of the ride—its
+swift, tempestuous movement—the wild, romantic fantasy of it—all this
+was leaving Frannie. A depression was upon her. She added, "Oh, Leela,
+Brett did not see us! And Frank—will we ever see them again?"</p>
+
+<p>Leela said, "We are about twice normal size—it will not be far to
+Reaf, swimming like this." In the starlight, Frannie could see that
+Leela was smiling; a wistful, heavy-hearted smile. She was trying to be
+brave. And Frannie smiled back.</p>
+
+<p>"We mustn't get frightened, Leela. Just watch our chance—try to
+escape. You stay by me all you can. I mean—when we get"—there was a
+catch in her voice—"when we get—under the mountains beyond Reaf."</p>
+
+<p>Leela nodded. Rokk was calling, and Leela urged her dhrane forward.</p>
+
+<p>Soon the left-hand shore and the mountains ahead were visible. The
+water grew warmer. Small islands appeared. The dhranes panted with the
+heat of the water; in the muddy channels between the islands, sometimes
+they floundered. Steam was in the air; ahead it lay like a bank of fog,
+with the frowning mountains rising above it.</p>
+
+<p>Presently, through the fog, the houses of Reaf came into view. Small
+ghostly outlines of houses on stilts. To the right of them was a
+yawning black mouth where one of the rivers plunged into the mountain.
+The turgid current was swinging that way; Rokk urged the dhrane across
+it, to the left.</p>
+
+<p>Soon they were swimming among the houses. These seemed very small.
+Frannie reached up from the dhrane's back and laid her hand on the
+roof of one as she passed it. Rokk was heading inshore. The mountain
+here was a frowning cliff-face, with a very narrow ledge at the water
+level. The ledge ended in a wooden incline bridge leading upward to a
+group of buildings near shore. Six or eight small houses with doors
+and rectangles of windows, clustered there together, perched on stiff
+wooden legs over the water. The incline bridge connected them with the
+shore, and they were strung together by a broad wooden platform.</p>
+
+<p>Rokk shouted, and from behind the buildings a giant appeared. He had
+been sitting in the water. He stood up, with mud and slime dripping
+from him. A man, like Rokk, but younger. His hair was sleek and black,
+and fell long to his bared chest, across which a skin was draped. His
+face was broad and flat, and hairless. He stood with the water to his
+knees, beside the buildings with his arm arched over their roofs as he
+leaned against them.</p>
+
+<p>He smiled. He called, "<i>Ae</i>, Rokk!" And Rokk answered, "<i>Ae</i>, Degg."</p>
+
+<p>They spoke together. Then they spoke in Leela's language. Leela
+murmured to Frannie, "This man Degg is to remain here until we are
+safely above."</p>
+
+<p>Rokk issued his commands. Degg sat down again in the water, waist-deep,
+with his arms holding his hunched-up knees. He yawned and waved his
+hand as Rokk swam his dhrane away.</p>
+
+<p>Again in single file, they swam. As they passed the buildings Frannie
+chanced to glance up. On the porch-like platform up there she caught
+a glimpse of a green-white shape—a thing stretched out somnolent—a
+thing, headless!</p>
+
+<p>It was only a glimpse. Frannie's swimming dhrane carried her beyond
+sight of it. . . . She was shuddering.</p>
+
+<p>The water now was unpleasantly hot. The current was strong. It was
+beginning to ripple the water. Ugly, white ripples . . . sinister.</p>
+
+<p>The dhranes swam with the moving water. But they tossed their heads,
+uneasy. . . . Rokk was continually shouting, forcing his mount forward.</p>
+
+<p>There were no houses here. The cliff-face was moving swiftly past. And
+then a black mouth swept into view. A hundred feet high and twice as
+broad. A mouth, with steam like the fetid breath of a monster. . . .</p>
+
+<p>The water was sweeping that way. Surging in a torrent. White water,
+leaping over jagged rock-points that split it into foam. . . .</p>
+
+<p>And from the mouth came a sullen roaring. . . .</p>
+
+<p>Frannie's dhrane lifted its head with a sharp bleat of fear. Its body
+was swung sidewise by the tumbling water, but it recovered and swam
+desperately.</p>
+
+<p>The roaring rose to a deafening torrent of sound. White water was
+leaping everywhere. Frannie half closed her eyes; she could see a
+whirling blob which was Leela ahead of her. Then the black mouth opened
+to encompass the world as Frannie was swept into it.</p>
+
+<p>An inferno of roaring blackness. . . .</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+
+<div class="chapter">
+<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_5"><i>CHAPTER 5</i></h2>
+</div>
+
+<h3>CLIMBING INTO LARGENESS UNFATHOMABLE</h3>
+
+
+<p>In the fog and darkness at the foot of the incline, Martt stood tense,
+with upraised knife. The green-white thing was poised for its leap. It
+was not babbling now; its eye on the stalk glared balefully. A shudder
+swept Martt, as Frannie had shuddered an hour before when she and Leela
+passed this way, and she had caught a glimpse of this thing lying
+somnolent on the platform above.</p>
+
+<p>Martt muttered, "Stay back, Zee." And then the headless thing leaped.
+Martt caught it on his outflung hand and knife, but did not stop it. He
+felt his hand sinking within it—a soft, sticky warmth. Its body came
+on, and struck his chest—a blow as though a soft, yielding pillow had
+struck him.</p>
+
+<p>There was a moment, there in the darkness, of unutterable horror as
+Martt felt and saw his body mingled with the body of this gleaming
+thing clawing at him. He struck wildly, fighting, kicking in a panic of
+futility. Wet, warm and sticky! He seemed to tear its body apart. But
+the glowing, lurid outlines, wavering, came back always into shape.</p>
+
+<p>The thing itself was in a panic. Lunging, twisting. Its claws scraped
+Martt's face, too imponderable to scratch. The slit of its mouth
+opened to grip his throat; its teeth sank impotently within his flesh.
+Pressing against him . . . the slime of it was warm, with a stench,
+noisome. . . .</p>
+
+<p>Horrible! A nausea made Martt reel. And the thing now was crying with
+terrible, frightened cries. But they were low, suppressed.</p>
+
+<p>Martt staggered. And suddenly the lurid green shape gathered itself and
+fled. Martt saw a quivering dark wound in its side. It fled whimpering
+along the rocks of the shore and disappeared.</p>
+
+<p>Martt relaxed. He was unhurt. He stooped to the water and washed the
+stickiness from him. He felt a wild, hysterical desire to laugh.</p>
+
+<p>"Zee, it—that thing was as frightened as I was!"</p>
+
+<p>"Are you all right, Martt? It's gone! What was it?" She clutched at him
+anxiously.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes—all right. It couldn't hurt me and I couldn't hurt it. Not much."
+He laughed again, but suddenly sobered. "Zee, there's a giant up there
+asleep. Hear him?"</p>
+
+<p>They listened. From up there in the fog the deep, heavy breathing
+still sounded. Martt whispered, "You wait here, Zee. I'll creep up on
+him—get the drugs." He turned to her tensely. "Zee, you stay here.
+Close against the rocks. Whatever happens, you stay here. I'll—if I
+get the drugs—I'll make myself very large. Kill him—then I'll come
+back to you. Don't move—whatever happens."</p>
+
+<p>He left her. The wooden incline sloped sharply upward. The fog
+momentarily seemed clearing. Martt saw above him the outlines of the
+houses, a broad platform connecting them. And stretched the length
+of the platform was the huge, recumbent figure of a man. He seemed
+about forty feet tall. He lay hunched, cramped for space, with one arm
+upflung to the roof of a house, and one leg dangling nearly to the
+water.</p>
+
+<p>Martt reached the platform. He crept past the giant's legs. The waist,
+wrapped in a skin, was rising and falling with the giant's breathing.
+Martt's own breath was held. His heart was thumping wildly. The giant
+stirred; Martt stepped nimbly aside to avoid the movement of the great
+body.</p>
+
+<p>At the giant's waist he paused, reached up, fumbling. There seemed a
+belt here, with pockets. The drugs should be there. The bulge of the
+giant's middle was nearly as high as Martt's chest as he stood upright.
+He reached up, and over, feeling with careful fingers.</p>
+
+<p>With a thrill of triumph, Martt found two cylinders, each as long
+as his forearm. In the starlight he opened them, drew from each a
+flat, square tablet of compressed powder. The drugs! But which was
+for growth and which for shrinkage? One was larger than the other. It
+suggested growth. It was flat and square—the length of Martt's thumb.
+Impulsively he would have crushed it in his mouth and swallowed it.
+But a thought gave him pause. This giant was nearly seven times larger
+than himself. This expanded dose of the drug then would be too great.
+Martt bit off a corner of the white tablet. Swallowed it. An acrid
+taste. . . . He replaced the remainder in the cylinder and put both
+cylinders in his pocket, tying his jacket close around them. Would they
+expand with his body? He could only hope so.</p>
+
+<p>Expand? How did he know but that he had taken the wrong drug? Well, he
+could soon rectify that. . . . A panic swept Martt that the giant might
+awaken too soon. . . . The drug was taking effect; Martt was sick and
+dizzy. He reeled to a post at an outer corner of the platform. Clung
+there. He all but slipped and fell into the water ten feet below.</p>
+
+<p>A moment, then the sickness passed. He was growing! He could feel
+the post shrinking within his grip. The outlines of the houses were
+contracting. The knife in his hand, already tiny, slipped and fell into
+the water with a splash.</p>
+
+<p>The post soon was too small for Martt to hold. He reached over and
+steadied himself upon the grass roof of the nearest house. It was
+melting under his hands. The sleeping giant lay at his feet, a giant no
+longer; a man, like himself—the two of them crowding a tiny, flimsy
+platform with toy houses beside it, and black water flowing sluggishly
+close underneath.</p>
+
+<p>A sense of power swept Martt. A triumph. He was not afraid of this man,
+unarmed like himself. Already the man was undersized. . . . Why, Martt
+could grip him, choke him! . . . These toy houses—a sweep of Martt's
+arm would have scattered them.</p>
+
+<p>Martt was bending awkwardly over the roof-tops. A ripping, tearing
+noise sounded. The platform, the houses, quivered, wavered, collapsed!
+The whole structure, bending beneath the weight of the two huge bodies,
+gave way. Martt found himself floundering in warm, muddy water,
+entangled in a debris of splintered wood and grasslike house-roofs.</p>
+
+<p>And with him, his antagonist, awakened to a startled confusion,
+floundering, struggling to get upon his feet.</p>
+
+<p>Martt rose to his knees. The shallow lake bottom was sticky with mud.
+A house-roof hung upon his shoulder. He heaved it off; stood upright,
+dripping, breathless. The other man was up also. In the starlight, amid
+the floating wreckage, they faced each other. Martt was the taller; and
+he was still growing. He saw his enemy shrinking before him. A slim
+young fellow, with long black hair. A broad, flat face, with a startled
+surprize on it.</p>
+
+<p>Martt laughed. And shouted, "I've got you now!" He would have leaped.
+But abruptly he recalled Zee, tiny in size, huddled there by the shore.
+A lunge of his body—or of this other man's body—a flip of one of
+these torn housebeams—and Zee would be killed. . . .</p>
+
+<p>Martt turned and waded rapidly away. He wondered if the other man would
+follow him. Martt wanted to get him farther out into the lake. It was
+an error; for as Martt turned to look back, he saw his antagonist's
+hand go to his belt; and then to his mouth. More of the drug! Martt
+thought that he had in his own pocket all there was of it here. But
+the giant had more. Already he was growing. As Martt stood undecided,
+he saw the giant growing like himself. He was smaller than Martt now,
+but growing more swiftly. He stood for an instant with his arms upflung
+toward the stars; then he came wading forward.</p>
+
+<p>The mountains were at Martt's right hand. Shrinking, swiftly
+contracting. The water now came not much over his ankles; a small patch
+of wreckage marked where the collapsed buildings had stood.</p>
+
+<p>Martt retreated slightly; he turned, moved to the cliff-face with his
+back against it.</p>
+
+<p>Then, with a swirl of water, his enemy rushed at him. Martt met the
+rush unyielding. They locked. Swaying, struggling each to throw the
+other. The lake at their ankles was lashed white. They fought silently,
+grimly. The fellow was strong; he pushed Martt backward against the
+Mountain. His hands strove for Martt's throat. But Martt ripped them
+away. With a body-hold he bent his adversary backward; but always he
+could feel the man's body swelling within his grasp.</p>
+
+<p>A desperation seized Martt. If he could not win now, at once, he would
+lose. This fellow was growing too large. Beside them, as they swayed,
+Martt caught a glimpse of the mountain. It was now a cliff not much
+higher than his head. At his feet Martt was dimly aware of a small
+black hole in the cliff into which water was rushing.</p>
+
+<p>One of Martt's legs was wrapped around the legs of his adversary; and
+suddenly the man tipped. They went down together, Martt on top. It was
+like falling into a puddle of water. They lunged, rolled over. And then
+the giant rose, with Martt clinging to him. He was much larger than
+Martt now; he heaved himself upward, flung Martt against the cliff.
+Martt's head and shoulders went over its top. Jagged spires of rock;
+loose rocks lying there. The giant jerked Martt back; he fell on his
+feet; saw his antagonist towering over him.</p>
+
+<p>But in Martt's hand now was a jagged lump of rock which he had snatched
+from the cliff. He flung it, and it caught the giant full on the
+forehead. He staggered, and as his grip on Martt loosened, Martt leaped
+away.</p>
+
+<p>And the giant came crashing down, his huge body falling before the hole
+in the mountain; blocking it so that the surging lake backed up with a
+deepening torrent of the hot, black water.</p>
+
+<hr class="tb">
+
+<p class="ph2">II</p>
+
+<p>Martt stood panting in the starlight. He had won. The scene around
+him was still dwindling, but in a moment it stopped. Cliffs to his
+shoulder. A shrunken, shallow lake. Its tiny flat islands were no
+bigger than his foot. Along its shore where the cliff ended he could
+see the open country. Tiny threads of roads. An island with points
+of colored light—the island of the festival. At his feet, miniature
+houses on stilts, many of them strewn on the water, trampled by this
+combat of giants in which he had been victorious.</p>
+
+<p>And the fallen giant there in the water, blocking the river-mouth, the
+water deepening against his side.</p>
+
+<p>Martt took a cautious step. Zee was down there somewhere. Then he saw
+her figure, dimly, in the mist which hung over the lake at his ankles.
+She seemed about the size of his finger. She was standing at the
+water's edge, waving up to him.</p>
+
+<p>He bent down—carefully. He said softly, "I see you, Zee. You must get
+larger. I'll give you some of the drug to take."</p>
+
+<p>She shouted, "Yes." It was a very tiny voice, echoing from far away.</p>
+
+<p>Martt's jacket had been partly torn from him. One of his shoulders was
+bare, bleeding from where he had been thrown against the cliff-top. He
+stooped and dashed water upon the wound; and saw Zee crouch and shield
+herself from the deluge of water he splashed.</p>
+
+<p>He thought, "Careful, Martt;" and from his pocket drew one of the
+cylinders. The tablets of the drug still were the size of his thumb.
+He took one, laid it carefully at the water's edge, near Zee. It was
+nearly the size of her body. She walked to it, examined it.</p>
+
+<p>"Break it," he said. "Eat some—about the size of your thumb."</p>
+
+<p>He could hardly have seen a speck of it so small. Zee found a loose
+rock. She pounded at the white tablet. Ate a fragment. And presently
+Martt gave her some of the other drug to stop her growth; and she was
+his own size, standing beside him, gazing at the shrunken scene in
+wonderment.</p>
+
+<hr class="tb">
+
+<p class="ph2">III</p>
+
+<p>They stood consulting over what they should do. They had the precious
+drugs. Should they return with them to Brett, or go on and rescue
+Frannie and Leela? Martt was confident. With the drugs in his pocket,
+all sense of fear was passed. It was obvious that the world here was in
+no danger. This fallen giant at their feet was the last. But Frannie
+and Leela were captured; were taken up to that other realm. To delay
+following would be most dangerous of all.</p>
+
+<p>And Zee agreed. Her eyes were sparkling. She stretched out her white
+arms. She said, "With this power we would be cowards to turn back——"</p>
+
+<p>The giant still had some of the drugs about his person. Martt bent over
+him.</p>
+
+<p>"Zee! He isn't dead!"</p>
+
+<p>The young giant's face was white; blood was on his forehead where the
+rock had struck. He opened his eyes; rolled over in the water. The
+dammed river surged again into its black hole.</p>
+
+<p>"Zee, look! He isn't dead!"</p>
+
+<p>He sat up; smiled in a daze, struggled to rise to his feet but could
+not.</p>
+
+<p>The rock which Martt had hurled lay like a great boulder in the lake.
+Martt seized it, but Zee caught his wrist.</p>
+
+<p>"Martt! Don't——"</p>
+
+<p>A sense of shame struck at Martt; he dropped the rock. "Zee, can you
+talk to him—try if he understands your language."</p>
+
+<p>She spoke, and the young giant answered. He was trying to smile,
+grateful for the words. Zee stooped and splashed water on his wounded
+forehead.</p>
+
+<p>"Martt, he says his name is Degg—he has seen Leela and Frannie—a man
+and woman took them into the river-mouth."</p>
+
+<p>The fellow did not seem greatly hurt. He was frightened, watchful, but
+docile enough. Martt took the drugs from him. "Ask him the way up to
+his world—it will help us——"</p>
+
+<p>It was the one thing that would help them! Martt realized it.</p>
+
+<p>Degg, outwardly at least, seemed friendly enough. When Zee promised
+that they would not hurt him—would take him to his own world, the only
+way he would ever get there, since he had no drugs—he agreed readily
+to lead them.</p>
+
+<p>"But we must be careful," said Martt. "Never let him get larger than
+ourselves. And watch him, always."</p>
+
+<p>At Degg's direction, first they diminished their stature until,
+compared to the buildings of Reaf, they were about fifty feet tall.
+Degg said, in Zee's language, "We wade now into the black river. Rokk
+likes to swim—but wading is easier."</p>
+
+<p>They were ready to start. Soon they would be beyond this world—up into
+largeness unfathomable. Martt said, "We must leave some message for
+Brett. Let him know what became of us."</p>
+
+<p>There was no way to leave a written message. Conspicuously on a rock
+near the shore, Martt left the broad belt of his jacket. As he turned
+away, Degg was calling softly, "<i>Ae!</i> Eeff! Eeff, come here!" The
+green-white, headless thing was lurking among the rocks. "Eeff, come
+here!"</p>
+
+<p>It advanced, whimpering. Compared to Martt's fifty-foot stature it
+seemed now no bigger than a rat. Martt conquered his aversion and stood
+waiting while it approached. In the starlight it glowed unreal; its eye
+on the stalk pointed distrustfully at Martt. It stood at Degg's feet;
+whimpering—and mumbling words.</p>
+
+<p>Degg said to Zee, "It is afraid of your man. I tell it you will do no
+harm. It wants to come with us." He stooped over. "Eeff, you come with
+us?"</p>
+
+<p>It understood, partly the words spoken in Zee's language, and partly
+the gesture. It said mouthingly, "Yes, Eeff come—with you."</p>
+
+<p>Uncanny! Horrible! Martt shuddered. Degg was saying, "It is a very good
+friend to me. May we take it?"</p>
+
+<p>"All right," said Martt shortly, when Zee translated. But it worried
+him. He resolved more than ever to watch Degg carefully, and to watch
+this headless thing Degg called a friend.</p>
+
+<p>They fed a small morsel of the drug to Eeff, until it had grown to a
+size normal to them. Then they started. The black mouth of the river,
+to them in this size, seemed a passageway ten or twelve feet high and
+twice as broad. The river swirled about their legs; hot, with steam
+rising. Soon they were in darkness, following the river around a bend.
+But only for a moment. Martt and Zee were hand in hand. Degg was in
+advance; Martt could just distinguish Degg's figure with the shining
+blob of Eeff in the water beside him.</p>
+
+<p>Darkness. But Martt's eyes were growing accustomed to it. And now the
+rocks of the caverns seemed to be giving light—a dim phosphorescence.
+The cavern expanded. They waded across a broad, shallow lake where
+the water was calm. Then again into a tunnel. Miles down its tortuous
+course with the river swirling and tumbling about them.</p>
+
+<p>Sometimes there was a dry ledge upon which they could walk. Sometimes
+the river deepened, and they had to swim. Always Degg advanced grimly,
+steadily, and silently. A foreboding grew upon Martt. Were they going
+right? Was this the way Frannie and Leela had gone? Once he whispered,
+"Do you think, Zee, that he's tricking us?"</p>
+
+<p>She shook her head. "You have all the drugs. He would not dare."</p>
+
+<p>They had waded for hours. Then ahead of them they saw Degg pause. The
+river here plunged straight down into a black abyss. To the left a
+passageway turned upward. It was some ten feet high and two or three
+times as wide. It went up at an incline into the green, luminous
+darkness. They followed Degg. A mile perhaps, steadily climbing. Martt
+calculated. They had already walked possibly fifteen miles—and they
+were more than eight times the normal size of Zee's world. That was
+more than a hundred and twenty miles underground—most of it downward.</p>
+
+<p>Martt realized that he was tired. And hungry. Before leaving Reaf he
+had thought of food necessary for this trip. Degg had a concentrated
+food—a dull brown powder. Martt promptly had appropriated it—had
+tested it to make sure it was not a size-drug. . . .</p>
+
+<p>The passageway abruptly opened into black, empty space. A rocky slope
+rolling gently upward, strewn with huge black boulders. It extended as
+far as Martt could see, upward into a luminous darkness. Overhead was a
+black sky—murky with distance.</p>
+
+<p>Degg stopped. "We begin getting large here."</p>
+
+<p>Zee translated it to Martt.</p>
+
+<p>"Let's eat, then," said Martt. "Zee, aren't you tired and hungry?"</p>
+
+<p>There was water lying in flat pools on the rocks. It was clear, cold
+and sweet. They sat down, talking and eating. Then Zee slept. And Degg
+slept also.</p>
+
+<p>Martt sat alert, watching, while the headless thing stretched itself
+somnolent on a rock near by, its single eye on the stalk wilting
+downward in drowsiness.</p>
+
+<p>Martt strove to master his revulsion. He called softly, "Eeff! Eeff,
+come here!"</p>
+
+<p>But it would not come. It moved farther away, whimpering to itself.</p>
+
+<hr class="tb">
+
+<p class="ph2">IV</p>
+
+<p>"Zee, wake up! We've got to get started. You've slept hours."</p>
+
+<p>The real size-change now began. In single file they walked up the black
+slope. It shrank beneath them—creeping, crawling, dwindling away under
+their feet. The boulders shrank into rocks, into pebbles. In an hour
+they were walking upon a smooth surface.</p>
+
+<p>The black void was no longer empty. Mountains showed ahead—and to the
+sides. Giant faces of rock, looming into unfathomable distance of the
+black sky. The mountains were drawing closer; contracting, rushing down
+with a violent movement.</p>
+
+<p>Martt apprehensively glanced behind. A wall of dwindling rock was
+coming after them. The drug in these larger doses seemed acting with a
+multiplied power. The scene was a dizzy swirl of movement. Mountains
+closing in everywhere. To Martt came a flash of terror. They would
+be crushed. Their bodies were growing tremendously to fill this
+constricted space. . . .</p>
+
+<p>Degg had stopped walking. They were gathered in a group. They were now
+in the center of a circular valley, with a ring of mountains closing
+in. A ten-mile valley . . . a mile . . . a hundred feet. . . .</p>
+
+<p>But the mountains shrank to hills; to a low cliff-wall—a ridge. . . .
+It closed in. . . .</p>
+
+<p>"Now!" shouted Degg. They leaped over the low ledge of encircling rock;
+scrambled over it and fell on a level ground above. . . .</p>
+
+<p>Beside them Martt saw a small jagged hole in the ground. . . . The size
+of his waist . . . his fist . . . his finger. . . . It dwindled, closed
+and was gone; while again, above them and all about, were black, empty
+spaces, filled soon with shrinking canyons out of which hastily they
+climbed. . . .</p>
+
+<p>A fantasmagoria of climbing, struggling upward to avoid being crushed
+by their own growth. . . .</p>
+
+<p>There was a canyon too narrow, with sides too high. . . . They had to
+stop their growth, and climb its jagged, precipitous side. The climb
+took hours. There was another meal, while Martt slept and Zee remained
+on guard.</p>
+
+<p>Then another valley. Broad, with a steeply inclined floor. They grew
+out of it; into another; and another. . . .</p>
+
+<p>Martt became conscious of a change in the air. Cooler, with a dankness.
+And now at last, overhead the void was no longer black. A suggestion
+of purple. And suddenly as they leaped from a chasm which shrank and
+closed under them, Martt saw a sky. Somber purple, with stars.</p>
+
+<p>A new conception of it all swept Martt. His Earth—the stars of its
+Universe. The Inner Surface of the Atom, Zee's realm—millions of times
+larger. And now—compared to Reaf . . . was he now a million times the
+size of Reaf? . . . Or a million million? Largeness, unfathomable. A
+convex world out here. The surface of a globe, whirling in Space. And
+overhead, still other stars, so gigantic—so remote!</p>
+
+<hr class="tb">
+
+<p class="ph2">V</p>
+
+<p>Martt gazed curiously around. They were at last in Degg's world—the
+region of the Arcs. A tumbled land of crags upon which lay a gray-black
+snow. Martt's heart sank before its utter desolation—a tumbled waste,
+upheaved as though by some cataclysm of nature. Desolation! And as
+though to veil it, a fall of blackish snow—a somber, tragic shroud.</p>
+
+<p>It was night. And, Martt surmised, a winter season. Yet the air was not
+cold; merely dank. And the snow seemed not cold, congealed perhaps by
+the dank, heavy air; but to Martt's touch, not cold, no more than chill.</p>
+
+<p>With her bare limbs and filmy veiling, Zee was shivering. Martt
+discarded his jacket, but she did not want it.</p>
+
+<p>He said, "But you must be cold, Zee."</p>
+
+<p>"I'm not." She shook herself. "I'm—frightened. This—night up
+here—it's like a tomb, Martt."</p>
+
+<p>Tomblike, indeed. A dank, chill silence brooded over the night. And
+then, almost unheralded, it was not night, but day. A small, cold-red
+sun leaped up from the distant black horizon. A day of dull, flat
+light. It stained the snow with blood. . . .</p>
+
+<p>Blood everywhere. . . .</p>
+
+<p>Degg said somberly to Zee, "Always blood. It is an omen. . . . My land,
+doomed——" There was a quiver in Zee's voice as she repeated his words
+to Martt.</p>
+
+<p>They had come now not to mistrust Degg. He seemed a well-meaning youth.
+Simple-minded. He had told them something of his world—of Rokk, and
+the woman Mobah. Degg, in his heart, hated and feared Rokk.</p>
+
+<p>"Why?" demanded Zee.</p>
+
+<p>He turned his dark, solemn eyes upon her. "You are too gentle, little
+girl Zee, to understand. We have many—horrible things here in Arc. I
+would not talk of them with you."</p>
+
+<p>It had been Rokk's plan, Degg said, to take Leela and Frannie to the
+place where he lived. Degg was to join Rokk there. . . . It was not
+so very far. . . . Degg called it Rokk's mound. They were headed that
+way now. Soon it would be night again—Martt could do what he thought
+was best toward rescuing the two girl prisoners. And Martt promised he
+would protect Degg.</p>
+
+<p>Vaguely in Martt's mind had been the idea that he could use the
+drugs again now—make himself still larger—catch Rokk unawares. But
+the large drug would take no further effect. The maximum size had
+been reached. Degg did not know why; save that these drugs were for
+smallness—the large one merely an antidote to the other.</p>
+
+<p>Martt was left without tangible plan. But his first desire was to get
+near Rokk's mound—whatever sort of place that might be. And he would
+decide then what could be done.</p>
+
+<p>The blood-red sun came swiftly up in a low arc, and plunged as swiftly
+down again. To Martt, it had been some half an hour of daylight. Now
+came the brooding night—and in another half-hour the sun would again
+make its low sweep.</p>
+
+<p>Martt urged Degg forward. Eeff was leading—lurid, green-white against
+the black of the ground. Then it stopped. Its eye quivered; it
+screamed—a long, shuddering, half-human cry of fright.</p>
+
+<p>Degg stood frozen—a statue in the gloom. And then Martt—and Zee also,
+for she uttered a low, suppressed cry—saw what had frightened Eeff.</p>
+
+<p>It was about a hundred feet away—a dull, glowing red as though the
+blood of sunlight were upon it. A thing which might have been a long,
+blood-red vine. Not animal, but vegetable. It lay on the ground—a
+great, thick stem, with upflung leafy branches waving like tentacles.
+At intervals, upon long stalks, were round spots of green light.
+Gleaming, baleful eyes.</p>
+
+<p>The thing was lying its length upon the ground. Not quiescent, but
+everywhere in quivering, undulating, snakelike movement. Its eyes
+seemed all turned this one way. Eyes suggesting an intelligence—a
+reasoning behind them. A thing, not animal but vegetable! Its brain,
+lacking even the least vestige of human or animal restraint, cast in a
+mold unutterably horrible.</p>
+
+<p>Eeff was crouching at Degg's feet, babbling with terror. Degg muttered,
+"It is unrooted! Free! It—I told Rokk they would break free some
+time—before he was ready!"</p>
+
+<p>"Unrooted!" Zee echoed.</p>
+
+<p>Unrooted! It was slithering, out there in the darkness. . . . It shrank
+to a blood-red blur. . . . It vanished. . . .</p>
+
+<p>They went on again. Degg would not talk, save to reiterate fearsomely,
+"I knew they would cast off their roots! Roaming, everywhere. And Rokk
+thought he dared to grow them——"</p>
+
+<p>A rise of ground lay ahead. Beyond its crest only the purple sky was
+visible, with stars sweeping in rapid, low arcs. Martt, Degg and Zee
+were walking together, with Eeff close before them.</p>
+
+<p>Eeff began whimpering again; then screamed. And ahead, from over the
+crest of the hill, as though in answer came an echoing scream! Yet not
+an echo! A scream, human! It drove the blood to Martt's heart; stopped
+his breathing. The scream of a voice familiar—a girl's voice—Frannie!</p>
+
+<p>For all the horror surging over him, Martt leaped forward. And stopped,
+stricken on the hill-crest.</p>
+
+<p>Beneath him in the gloom lay a shallow, bowl-like depression. The
+starlight illumined it wanly. Frannie was down there, struggling in
+the grip of a blood-red, vegetable thing! A segment of it was wrapped
+around her, dragging her forward. The light of it drenched her with
+blood; its myriad green eyes glared throughout its waving length.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap">
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+ <img src="images/illus2.jpg" alt="">
+ <div class="caption">
+ <p>"Frannie struggled in the grip of the blood-red, vegetable thing."</p>
+ </div>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chap">
+
+
+<p>And ahead of it was a line of others of its kind, leading the way,
+slithering up and over the opposite slope!</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+
+<div class="chapter">
+<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_6"><i>CHAPTER 6</i></h2>
+</div>
+
+<h3>THE BLOOD-RED DAY</h3>
+
+
+<p>To Frannie, the subterranean river was an inferno of roaring blackness.
+Her dhrane was whirled along, sometimes swimming, sometimes floundering
+desperately. Frannie clung to its antlers and closed her eyes. . . .
+An eternity. . . . She heard Rokk shouting; felt the dhrane scrambling
+upon solid ground. The water dropped away from its sides. . . .</p>
+
+<p>Frannie found herself and her dhrane standing in a dull, luminous
+darkness upon a ledge by the river. The other dhranes were there. Rokk
+spoke to Leela.</p>
+
+<p>"What does he say?" Frannie demanded.</p>
+
+<p>"He says we must get larger—this is too dangerous."</p>
+
+<p>They followed then the methods used afterward by Degg in guiding Martt
+and Zee. Wading, in a large size, they went down the river. Then into
+the passageway leading upward.</p>
+
+<p>And then the climb into largeness. To Frannie it seemed unending; but
+though they were only an hour or two ahead of Martt in starting, they
+were several hours ahead when they reached the giant world. Frannie and
+Leela were near to exhaustion, even though they had ridden most of the
+way. Rokk had not paused to sleep.</p>
+
+<p>It was day when they reached the desolate land of the Arcs. Then a
+tomblike night; then blood-red day again.</p>
+
+<p>Rokk rode now with Frannie and Leela beside him, and the woman Mobah
+behind. Rokk was jubilant. He talked swiftly to Leela. At intervals,
+Leela translated.</p>
+
+<p>"He says he is glad to have us. He is taking us to his house—his
+mound, he calls it. He says, very soon there is something important
+happening up here. He is going to take us—show us it—happening."
+Leela shuddered.</p>
+
+<p>"What is going to happen?" Frannie demanded.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know. Something—sinister, horrible. You saw his face when he
+told me?"</p>
+
+<p>Frannie had seen it, indeed, but she was striving to master her fear.
+There was something queerly sinister, inhuman, about Rokk. And his
+smile had a leer to it. Shining in his dark eyes, which often were
+fixed thoughtfully on Leela, there was a look Frannie could not fail
+to understand. The woman, Mobah, had noticed it. Once, over her broad
+expressionless face a torrent of passion had swept. Hate? Jealousy? It
+flashed at Leela—and at Frannie—and was instantly gone.</p>
+
+<p>Frannie said now, "Ask him what he wants of us. Why did he ever go
+down into our world?"</p>
+
+<p>Leela listened to Rokk's smiling explanation. The man's voice was soft,
+caressing. Leela went white.</p>
+
+<p>"He says, Frannie—he says his world here is very harsh—not good to
+live in. There is very little food—he says that he and some other
+men—his followers—are planning to descend into my world and conquer
+it. Kill all its men—Frannie, don't you understand?—kill, just the
+men of my world——"</p>
+
+<p>There was a silence. Then Leela added, with a frightened hush to her
+voice, "Up here all is bleak and terrible. The women are all like this
+woman behind us—unbeautiful——"</p>
+
+<p>Rokk was riding faster now, and soon, as they ascended a rise of
+ground, his home came into view. It lay on a falling slope, with paths
+trodden in the snow about it—a bulging mound built of pressed blocks
+of the gray-black snow. It rose above the surface perhaps ten feet—an
+oblong mound twenty feet wide and five times as long, like the grave of
+some giant buried there, with a small upright chimney at its farther
+end for a headstone. A few rectangles of white marked its doors and
+windows as though one might care to stand on the ground and gaze down
+at the coffin entombed within. Near by, two other mounds lay like the
+graves of children, with beaten paths connecting them.</p>
+
+<p>Rokk's home was set alone in the midst of this snowy waste! Frannie's
+heart was cold with apprehension. What was to be her fate—and
+Leela's—within?</p>
+
+<hr class="tb">
+
+<p>At Rokk's call a half-grown boy appeared in a doorway of the main
+mound. He led the dhranes away. Frannie and Leela were taken down a
+crude flight of icy steps and into the mound. It was much longer than
+it appeared; it seemed to extend at least another story underground,
+for Frannie saw an incline leading downward.</p>
+
+<p>They had entered the top story. Rokk led them along a passageway;
+Frannie saw low-roofed rooms, with ceilings curved to the mound. Each
+with a window opening at the ground level; and with crude furniture
+seemingly fashioned from stone blocks.</p>
+
+<p>Into such a room Rokk ushered them. He was smiling, bowing like a
+friendly host; his words to Leela were suave. But in his eyes there
+was an unmistakable irony, and when Frannie hesitated at the door, he
+pushed her roughly.</p>
+
+<p>Mobah had disappeared. Rokk stood a moment talking to Leela. The door
+to the passageway was open. Rokk and Leela had their backs to it.
+Frannie became aware that beyond the door Mobah was standing listening.
+And in the dimness there, Frannie caught a glimpse of the woman's
+intense face. It was torn with a jealous passion—a torrent of loosed
+passion debasing its calm stolidity into an aspect almost bestial.</p>
+
+<p>As Rokk turned slightly, the lurking woman silently fled. Rokk bowed
+to Frannie, and to Leela—a bow ceremoniously grotesque, but with a
+dignity, nevertheless. His hand lingered on Leela's white arm, but
+Leela jerked away. He shrugged, smiled, and went through the door,
+barring it after him.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, Frannie!" Leela at last gave way. She sobbed with fright
+unrestrained; and this gave Frannie additional strength to be calm. She
+sat Leela on the couch—a railed slab of stone, with a litter of furs
+on it like the bed of an animal. She tried to comfort Leela. Then left
+her; tried the door softly. It was stoutly barred.</p>
+
+<p>Then she tried the window. It had a pane as transparent as glass, but
+evidently unbreakable. Frannie struck it recklessly with her fist. And
+there seemed no way to open the window. Through it Frannie could see
+along the snow-covered ground outside. The night had just come. The
+ground was dark, with faint stars showing above.</p>
+
+<p>Frannie sat on the bed with Leela. They were both so exhausted that for
+a time they slept. Hours, perhaps—Frannie never knew. Then she awoke.
+The scene in the room was unchanged. It was night again. Leela was
+awake. Frannie began questioning her as to what Rokk most recently had
+said. Leela was outwardly calm now.</p>
+
+<p>"He—insists we are not to be harmed, Frannie. He told me—just before
+he left—that he wanted me to like him." A shiver ran over Leela's
+frail body. "He will work to make me like him—he will be very good to
+me. And you—he says there is a young man—that man he left back in
+Reaf—named Degg. He is sure Degg will like you, Frannie."</p>
+
+<p>"Did he say any more about that important thing which is going to
+happen?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes. He said he is going to take us somewhere—as soon as we have
+rested, and Degg has come to join us here. Take us somewhere—where we
+shall see a wonderful awesome sight. Frannie, he told me the men here
+in this world do not like their women. He has brought me and you—to
+show us to the men—that they may see how beautiful women can be.
+Then—they will join him to go down into smallness—to conquer——"</p>
+
+<p>Leela choked. She added, and a hush fell upon her voice: "Frannie, this
+Rokk has planned it all. He says there is too little food here. The
+women—and the children that the men no longer want to feed—are all
+placed apart. Exiled to a city—where he is going to take us. And show
+us——"</p>
+
+<p>A tapping at the window checked her. The girls stared at each other
+with the blood draining from their faces. A gentle tapping from
+outside. A scraping, fumbling as though soft fingers were working at
+the window.</p>
+
+<p>Frannie stood up, trembling. Then she moved along the wall, and with
+her face to the window, peered out. The tapping had stopped. Outside
+she saw a faint, lurid red glow. And three gleaming spots of green.
+Moving, peering. And then like the tendrils of a creeping vine, a
+leafy something, with a red sheen upon it, gently beating at the pane;
+tapping—fumbling.</p>
+
+<p>Frannie drew back. "Leela—out there——" But another sound stopped
+her. Someone—something—was unbarring the door of their room! The
+two girls were frozen with terror, incapable of sound or movement.
+A bar dropping with a muffled thump! The door slowly began opening
+inward. . . .</p>
+
+<p>It was the woman Mobah. Her face was grim; her dull eyes were
+smoldering green-black coals. She flung a menacing glance at the girls,
+moved swiftly across the room. Her fingers at the pane touched some
+hidden lock. The window swung open.</p>
+
+<p>Mobah darted back, seized Leela, tried to shove her toward Frannie
+and the window. Leela screamed, resisted, fought with all her little
+strength and called a warning to Frannie.</p>
+
+<p>But it was too late. Through the window a thick, red-glowing tentacle
+came slithering. Its green eyes were waving triumphantly. It caught
+Frannie; rolled back upon itself, jerking her upward.</p>
+
+<p>Heavy steps sounded in the passageway outside the room, and Rokk's
+alarmed voice, shouting. Rokk burst in. He knocked Mobah aside with a
+blow of his fist, and swept Leela protectingly backward.</p>
+
+<p>The segment of red thing within the room slithered out the window,
+carrying Frannie with it.</p>
+
+<hr class="tb">
+
+<p class="ph2">II</p>
+
+<p>"She is gone, my lady Leela. It is unfortunate, but we can not help it.
+She is lost—we shall never see her again."</p>
+
+<p>Leela and Rokk were alone in the room. Leela shrank upon the couch;
+against his gaze she huddled with a corner of the robe drawn to shield
+her white limbs. He stood before her.</p>
+
+<p>"Gone, Leela. Dead, by now. . . . Don't shudder, little white woman. It
+is the law of life—some live, some die. . . . But Degg will be sorry."</p>
+
+<p>She had no words, no heart with which to answer.</p>
+
+<p>He went on, with a frown crossing his face. "That vegetable thing
+coming here has changed my plans. It has no right to be unrooted.
+I grew it, Lady Leela—and many others of its kind—for a certain
+purpose. But now it has broken away, before I was quite ready to dig it
+up. It thinks it is full-grown. It is conscious of its power. And that
+which during all its growth I have taught it to do——" He shrugged.
+"I suppose they have all broken loose. All roaming——" A horrible
+grimness came to Rokk's voice. "Well, they will do what I taught
+them—we shall have to hurry if we wish to see it, Lady Leela."</p>
+
+<p>Leela summoned words. "To see—what?"</p>
+
+<p>He smiled. "You are impatient—and as becomes only a woman—curious!
+You shall see, little white woman—blood-red things——" He gestured.
+"Enough of that. But you shall realize how great is Rokk. I planned it
+all. But now I shall have to change my plans a little. I had wanted
+to show you and your friend—the little Frannie—to the men of this
+world. So that they—our men—would know how beautiful women can be.
+There is no time now, with the red things broken loose. We shall have
+to be careful, my Leela. I shall send word to all the men everywhere
+to have a care. . . . I wish Degg would come—but we can not wait for
+him now. . . . There are animals, too, who should be guarded from these
+roaming red vines I have grown. You have not seen our animals, Leela?
+Degg has one—a very friendly thing; we call it Eeff. It is but half
+human—and only half materialized into substance. A loyal friend, if it
+likes you. But its mentality is that of an imbecile. . . . I talk too
+much, like a loose-tongued woman. There is no time—we must start."</p>
+
+<p>He called roughly, "Mobah! Come here at once!"</p>
+
+<p>The woman appeared, sullen, defiant. On the flesh of her heavy gray
+shoulder was a red bruise where Rokk had struck her.</p>
+
+<p>"Mobah! Bring the dhranes. We are leaving for the Ice City. Tell my boy
+here to have Degg follow us when he comes. . . . Hurry! . . ."</p>
+
+<hr class="tb">
+
+<p class="ph2">III</p>
+
+<p>They rode fast. Alternate night and day—endless frozen wastes.
+Occasionally they passed single mounds, isolated like that of Rokk.
+Others in groups; blood-stained graveyards by day—eery and gruesome
+in the starlight. Leela saw many of the green-white animals, lurking
+like werewolves prowling among the mounds. And there were men gazing
+curiously at the travelers. To them often Rokk gave a warning that the
+vegetable things were loose.</p>
+
+<p>But he said to Leela, "There really is no danger. These things I have
+grown will do my purpose in the Ice City. Then I will command them back
+to their fields. Let them rot there harmlessly in a red welter. I can
+control them. They know me for their creator—their master."</p>
+
+<p>There were few women or girls to be seen about the mounds. Rokk said,
+with a horrible irony, "We have sent most of them to the Ice City.
+It is a very beautiful place—we men have sent our women there. The
+women——" He laughed sarcastically. "They are very stupid. They do
+not guess our purpose."</p>
+
+<p>They rode in silence. Then Rokk spoke again. "My woman, Mobah"—he
+glanced behind at the patient figure riding behind them—"I have kept
+Mobah with me. She is good to work in the mound. But you, my Lady
+Leela——" He chuckled. "We shall get rid of Mobah all in good time. We
+do not want her around, do we? But I will not make you work, Leela. In
+your city of Crescent, little white woman, you and I will be very great
+people. I shall be the leader of all our men——"</p>
+
+<p>Again Leela did not answer.</p>
+
+<p>A red day plunged into night. Far to the left across the snowy wastes
+to the distant horizon, Leela saw a white radiance in the sky. A vague
+patch of silver, as of light reflected from some remote distance below
+the horizon. Rokk waved his hand.</p>
+
+<p>"You see that, Leela? That is where I found the drugs. This globe is
+very fair, off there. Longer days and nights. A warm, fruitful summer.
+Food is there. Trees, with fruit. But it is all owned by another race
+of people. They will not let us in. They are very powerful—very far
+advanced in civilization. A wonderful age of science. . . . They know
+everything. I crept into one of their cities and stole the drugs."</p>
+
+<p>To Leela then was driven home the conception of how vast is God's
+great plan of the Universe. This miserable region owned by Rokk's
+people was no more than the Polar waste of this globe. A fairer land of
+science lay there where the distant radiance showed. A great, cultured
+civilization perhaps. And farther beyond it—other races—all on this
+one tiny globe whirling among these stars. . . .</p>
+
+<hr class="tb">
+
+<p>They came at last within sight of the City of Ice. In the starlight
+it glittered with a pale sheen. It stood on a broad plateau above the
+surrounding valleys—a place of white spires, glittering under the
+stars, the whole surrounded by a high white wall of ice.</p>
+
+<p>And as they came closer, Leela saw within the city a yellow-red glare.
+Behind it, a high tower of stone dominated the scene; the glare painted
+the tower a yellow-red upon one side. "The pit of fire," said Rokk.
+"The one place in all our realm where the fires underground come near
+the surface. It brings a warmth—a beauty. You shall see." He laughed
+his horrible laugh. "That is why we tell the women they should like it
+here——"</p>
+
+<p>They approached the wall. Rokk gazed around. "We are but just in time."
+In the farther distance beyond the city was a red sheen against the
+ground. Rokk understood it, though at the moment Leela did not. "Just
+in time, little woman. I had thought we might better enter by the
+tunnel under the wall. But that is not necessary."</p>
+
+<p>They rode through a gate, plunged at once into a passageway, and
+emerged presently within the stone tower, left the dhranes there, and
+mounted the tower. At its top, Rokk stood with Leela. Mobah sullenly
+was behind them. Rokk glanced back at her. He said softly, "I think
+perhaps she guesses what is to happen. But she can do nothing about it."</p>
+
+<p>Presently Mobah moved away and disappeared. Rokk patted his belt.
+"I have all the drugs here, Leela. All there are in this whole
+realm—except a very little of each which I left with Degg. We must
+guard them carefully."</p>
+
+<p>To Leela came the thought that she might gain possession of the drugs
+and thus escape. But Rokk was very watchful.</p>
+
+<p>They stood upon a broad balcony, with the single tower room behind them
+and a breast-high parapet in front. At the parapet, Leela gazed down.
+From this height the city lay spread beneath them. It was still night.
+A simple, placid scene, quiet, and in a measure beautiful. A few broad
+streets of packed, gray-black snow. Flat, oblong houses of ice blocks
+which were white and glittering, with spires and minarets occasionally
+adorning them.</p>
+
+<p>Directly beneath Leela, at the foot of the tower, was a yawning
+yellow-red pit. She could see directly down into it; a glare, some
+great distance down to where the fires of the earth were broken out.
+Rising wisps of smoke . . . a sulfurous, fiery breath . . . and a
+torrent of grateful heat surging upward.</p>
+
+<p>Around the pit, the city was built of stone for a distance, like
+a broad, square park. Trees were growing there; huge, graceful
+ferns; blue-green leaves like great flopping ears of an animal. And
+giant palms, hung with purple fruit. . . . A tropical garden, with
+flower-lined, winding paths. . . . By contrast with all this bleak
+region Leela had seen, the single little park was very beautiful.</p>
+
+<p>There were a few women moving about the city—dull, heavy-looking,
+shapeless women robed in a monotone of drab garments. Uninspired of
+aspect. Yet each had a soul . . . desires . . . longings. . . .</p>
+
+<p>In the park a woman sat and played with a little girl. There was
+another woman, newly arrived here, with a baby at her breast. . . .</p>
+
+<p>Rokk's voice broke upon Leela's thoughts with a rasp. "But who is to
+feed them? It gets very tiresome, giving them food. . . . Ah! Now you
+shall see my solution, Lady Leela——"</p>
+
+<p>Beyond the city walls, out over the starlit, snowy wastes, spots of red
+sheen were visible. Moving. Coming nearer. Spots of red sheen resolving
+into long, thin lines of red. Undulating, twisting, slithering forward.
+Green spots of eyes, waving, peering.</p>
+
+<p>Red, growing things unrooted. Coming monstrously to do that for which
+during all their growth they had been trained. There seemed thousands
+of them. Over every distant slope they came closing in upon the city.
+Thick red vines a hundred feet long. Others grown into a tangled
+clump, every separate tendril of which was in slimy movement. A red
+boll, like the bulging trunk of a tree. It rolled, leaped. Another of
+a flat, round central growth, with prickling spines like huge needles
+standing erect, and waving, groping tentacles. It hitched itself along,
+awkwardly.</p>
+
+<p>They came from everywhere. Red, gleaming monsters of the ground,
+advancing with a grim, uncanny silence, closing in upon the city.</p>
+
+<p>Leela watched, with the blood freezing in her veins. Within the city no
+alarm had sounded. The woman in the park played with her little girl.
+But the baby at the other woman's breast was crying. . . .</p>
+
+<p>The first of the red things reached the city wall. Slithered up like
+some monstrous red ivy growing there. A thing of dangling green pods
+from which a slimy juice was dripping. A segment of it raised high over
+the wall, with green eyes staring down.</p>
+
+<p>In a near-by street a headless, friendly animal gave out its imbecilic
+cry. The two women in the park looked and saw, and screamed. . . .</p>
+
+<p>The red thing rose and slithered over the wall. Stretched its length
+down a street; then encircled a house, its wide-flung segments
+slithering into every door and window. Screams from in there sounded
+over the silent, starlit city. Shrill, throat-tearing screams of
+women . . . and the piping, terrified cries of children. . . .</p>
+
+<p>The alarm spread. The cries were caught up, echoed from everywhere
+about the city. Women and girl children were rushing in a panic from
+the houses. . . .</p>
+
+<p>Over the wall at its every point, the red things were climbing . . .
+spreading over the city . . . filling the streets . . . climbing with
+a red, leafy growth into houses . . . green peering eyes, searching
+everywhere. . . .</p>
+
+<p>One of the flat, round growths with prickling spines—needles each
+as long as a human body—lurched itself into the park. With a sudden
+spring it caught a running woman. Its tentacles tossed her aloft. She
+fell, impaled upon its swordlike spines. Its tentacles pulled an arm
+from her body . . . tossed the arm away. . . . The woman was still
+screaming—horribly. . . .</p>
+
+<p>Leela, sickened, covered her face with her hands. She heard Rokk's
+gloating voice, "You see—my solution? Look, little white woman! Make
+your heart stout, like Rokk's. This is the law of life. Some live, some
+die. We—you and I—will live, for love, when this blood-red day is
+over."</p>
+
+<p>Day! The dawn had come. The red sun rose from the horizon in its low
+arc. Red, staining everything.</p>
+
+<p>Leela, with a fascination, again involuntarily stared. The city was a
+chaos of terror. From windows, with reason fled, women were leaping.
+The red things caught them as they fell. . . . On a flat housetop a
+woman crouched with a baby in her arms, and a little girl huddling at
+her knees. A slim red arm came up over the parapet of roof. Other red
+things came up, and poised with watching green eyes. The woman fought
+the red arm with all her meager strength. It seized the baby, waved the
+small, gray-white body aloft, dashed it to a red pulp against the stone
+of the parapet. Other arms jerked the little girl away. A flat, red
+thing engulfed the woman and sat mouthing and tearing. . . .</p>
+
+<p>In the park a crowd of the women were huddled. Some were trying to
+climb the high railing at the pit of fire, but could not. The red
+things slithered among them. . . .</p>
+
+<p>The blood-red day! A white, glittering city, stained crimson now.
+Splashed and stained; and upon it the red sun poured a polluting, gory
+light. . . .</p>
+
+<p>The blood-red day. . . .</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+
+<div class="chapter">
+<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_7"><i>CHAPTER 7</i></h2>
+</div>
+
+<h3>THE FIGHT ON THE PARAPET</h3>
+
+
+<p>Martt stood in the starlight at the top of the slope, frozen into
+immobility with horror. Frannie was struggling in the grip of the red
+vine, being dragged along, with others of its kind leading the way.
+Grown and taught for nothing but the blood-red day of the Ice City,
+these things with single purpose were dragging Frannie there.</p>
+
+<p>Martt stood stricken for an instant. The red thing paused. All
+its green eyes turned. Beyond it the other things came to a stop,
+irresolute, and then slithered on. But the one with Frannie lay
+momentarily quiescent; only its eyes were quivering.</p>
+
+<p>Martt became aware that Zee and Degg were beside him. Eeff was
+crouching at its master's feet, whimpering with terror. Martt shouted,
+"Zee, run back! Come on, Degg!"</p>
+
+<p>He caught a glimpse of Degg's face, gray with fright. But his eyes
+showed a sudden determination. And Degg leaped, with Martt after him.</p>
+
+<p>The red thing flung up its forward tentacles, and shoved Frannie
+farther back within its folds. Degg leaped for the clump of its
+branches where Frannie was entangled.</p>
+
+<p>Martt, running forward, abruptly stopped. One of the drug cylinders
+within his pockets had bumped his thigh. A thought swept him—the
+drug for smallness! He stopped; recklessly poured from the cylinder
+nearly half its contents. And stood, with a huge buckle of his jacket,
+crushing the white tablets into a powder in his hand.</p>
+
+<p>Degg had fought his way to Frannie. He had torn her loose, thrust her
+violently away, but was himself entrapped. He fought, ripping, tearing
+at the red branches, struggling to avoid the sinuous tentacles which
+curled back at him. A thick tendril of the vine had wound itself about
+his legs. . . .</p>
+
+<p>With the powder in his left hand, Martt rushed forward. There was a
+part of the red thing which seemed of lesser size and strength. Martt
+rushed in among its lashing brambles. They entwined him. He ducked the
+sweep of a tentacle thick as his body. Eyes on the branches peered
+into his face. He seized one, pulled it off. A slime with a red
+phosphorescence was on his fingers. A pod struck his face; he tore it
+open and scattered its seeds. A red, noisome juice spattered him. . . .</p>
+
+<p>Martt was fighting only with his right hand. One of his legs was
+gripped and held; he kicked, striving to free it.</p>
+
+<p>These smaller branches were easily broken. They mashed, some of them
+like a porous, tropical plant, oozing sap. They were spongy. Martt
+scattered a little of the white powder; sifted it through his fingers.
+The vegetable growth sucked it up—the drug mingled with the sap of its
+bruises.</p>
+
+<p>The branches were dwindling. Upon vegetable the drug acted more
+swiftly than upon animal cells. The smaller tendrils shriveled. Then
+branches of greater thickness. Martt could feel them letting go their
+hold—shrinking, loosening their grip.</p>
+
+<p>Around him in a moment was a shriveled, shrunken bramble. He kicked
+himself free. A huge tentacle from another portion licked back and
+seized him; whirled him aloft. But he kept his wits. Tore at it with
+his fingers; rubbed the drug into its bruised bark. Along all its
+length, the drug acted. Martt's weight brought its shriveled strength
+to the ground. He fell upon his feet; tore himself loose again. Stamped
+and tore, and leaped away.</p>
+
+<p>Throughout all the length of the monstrous vine, now, the drug was
+acting. Martt momentarily stood inactive, panting. He saw that Degg had
+freed Frannie—saw her and Zee huddled at a distance on the slope near
+by. Degg was still fighting; one of his legs seemed queerly twisted; an
+arm of the red vine held him, but he kept his feet. Eeff was darting
+forward and back, too much terrified to approach, yet anxious to help.</p>
+
+<p>The vine everywhere was shrinking. Martt ran to free Degg. But he was
+too late. The largest remaining tentacle lashed forward; it caught
+Degg, whirled him up in the air and flung him heavily to the ground.
+Degg lay still.</p>
+
+<p>A moment. Then the vine was so shriveled that Martt waded throughout
+its lashing length. Tore it apart. Scattered it. Stamped upon its
+twisting, slithering red segments.</p>
+
+<p>All dwindling. Separate, dismembered segments quivering around
+him . . . smaller . . . red, twisting lines, with tiny green
+eyes. . . . They winked and vanished into smallness. . . .</p>
+
+<hr class="tb">
+
+<p class="ph2">II</p>
+
+<p>"Is he dead? Oh, Martt, do you think he is dead?"</p>
+
+<p>They bent over Degg and he opened his eyes. Martt knelt and lifted
+his head. It was evident that he was dying; and evident, too, that he
+knew it. He spoke, laboriously whispered words in Zee's language. He
+tried to gesture toward Zee; on his face was an earnestness, almost a
+desperation lest he might fail to give his dying message.</p>
+
+<p>Martt said, "Zee, he's trying to talk to you. Bend closer—he's
+talking."</p>
+
+<p>Zee knelt at his head. He was panting, struggling breathlessly with
+each word. "Rokk—was going to take your sister Leela to the—City of
+Ice. Now that the red things are loose—I think you will find—him and
+her—there."</p>
+
+<p>His breath ended with a long sigh. But he began again. "Eeff will lead
+you. Tell Eeff—to take you through the—tunnel into the—stone tower.
+And—hurry!"</p>
+
+<p>His eyes closed. Then they opened very wide. They tried to focus on
+Zee's face. She bent lower to hear his faint whisper. "Hurry! You
+understand—about Leela, there with Rokk. He means, for her, a thing
+very terrible. You must—hurry." He added, with a breath so faint she
+barely heard his words, "You are—so very beautiful, little Zee. I
+never saw—any woman so beautiful. But I am not Rokk—I could not have
+harmed you."</p>
+
+<p>He stiffened just a trifle; then went limp, his head with staring eyes
+dangling backward over Martt's arm.</p>
+
+<p>Martt laid him gently on the ground. Eeff went and sat by him, crying
+softly.</p>
+
+<hr class="tb">
+
+<p class="ph2">III</p>
+
+<p>It was red day when they approached the City of Ice. Eeff had led them,
+as Degg suggested. They saw the city from far off, with a red glow
+staining its white glitter. Then Eeff plunged them into a black tunnel.
+It seemed miles. Then it ascended, and they emerged into a wave of
+heat, with a yellow-red glare beside them.</p>
+
+<p>They were at the bottom of a tall stone tower; a doorway was near at
+hand. Martt gazed up the tower's side. A man was up there, behind a
+parapet, gazing out at the city: a man's head and shoulders, queerly
+foreshortened. But Martt recognized him.</p>
+
+<p>Rokk!</p>
+
+<p>Martt pushed Zee and Frannie hastily into the tower. He commanded, "You
+two stay here, with Eeff. I'm going up. You stay here."</p>
+
+<p>Again Martt thought of the drug cylinders he was carrying. He drew them
+from his pockets, handed them swiftly to Zee. "Keep these. Whatever
+happens—if I don't come back—use them. Eeff will lead you home. To
+Reaf. Ask it if it can lead you."</p>
+
+<p>Zee said, in her own language, "Eeff, come here. Can you lead me
+back—down there where we met Degg in that place called Reaf? You
+remember? Where the water was?"</p>
+
+<p>The headless thing turned its eye upon her. It chattered, "Yes, I
+remember. I can go there—but I want Degg. I want to go back to Degg."</p>
+
+<p>Martt, alone, mounted the circular incline softly, and as swiftly
+as he dared. Had Rokk seen him? He did not think so. Was Leela up
+there? . . . If he could get behind Rokk unobserved. . . .</p>
+
+<p>Half-way up there was an oval window in the tower through which Martt
+caught his first view of the interior of the city.</p>
+
+<p>The sun was sinking at the horizon. The end of the blood-red day! A
+silence had fallen with the falling sun. A crimson city, strewn with
+what had once been living, human flesh and blood—dismembered now . . .
+strewn . . . unnamable. . . .</p>
+
+<p>And climbing the walls, red monsters slithering away—seeking other
+horrors.</p>
+
+<p>The silent nightfall of the blood-red day.</p>
+
+<p>Martt's gorge rose. He turned from the window, and mounted the incline.</p>
+
+<p>The room at the top was circular, with many windows. An empty room of
+stone, almost dark, with the starlight streaming in dimly to illumine
+it.</p>
+
+<p>Martt crept softly. Through a doorway he could see Rokk's figure on the
+balcony outside. And another figure. Leela, white of face, with her
+black hair streaming, and her tattered, dirt-stained veiling falling
+about her. Leela! She was standing, half turned, shuddering with
+horror. She saw Martt! Surprize, wonderment, joy mirrored her face.
+His fingers went to his lips warningly. But not quite in time. She
+uttered a low cry, instantly checked.</p>
+
+<p>Rokk swing about. He, too, saw Martt; he stiffened, with his shoulders
+flung back against the parapet and his jaw dropping. Martt had
+instantly leaped, but Rokk met him squarely, surged forward, and they
+fell.</p>
+
+<p>Rokk was the stronger; Martt knew it at once. He rolled, desperately
+struggling to come on top, with his legs braced against the floor. But
+Rokk flung him off and regained his feet.</p>
+
+<p>Instantly Martt was up, quicker, lighter than his antagonist. He struck
+for Rokk's face, missed and then caught Rokk full on the chest with
+his fist. The man staggered, but he was not hurt. Rokk's swing went
+wide, as Martt nimbly ducked. Again they came together. Surged across
+the balcony, kicking, tearing, seeking each other's throats. Locked,
+with legs entwined they struck the parapet, rebounded, fell and rolled
+together to the opposite wall. A primitive struggle of men using only
+the weapons with which nature had endowed them. Fighting grimly, almost
+silently, each with no thought but to kill.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap">
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+ <img src="images/illus3.jpg" alt="">
+ <div class="caption">
+ <p>"He had no other thought but to kill."</p>
+ </div>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chap">
+
+
+<p>Leela, near by, stood helpless, confused, a hand pressed against her
+mouth in terror. There was a sound, a startled outcry. Frannie and Zee
+were in the tower room, with Eeff cowering behind them.</p>
+
+<p>Martt momentarily was on top of his adversary, with Rokk's hairy hand
+beneath his chin, pressing his head back. Martt ripped the hand away.
+He called, "Run! Run—all of you!"</p>
+
+<p>Rokk heaved him backward, half rose, and surged over on top. Martt
+saw vaguely another figure appear on the balcony. A heavy, gray-faced
+woman. He heard Rokk pant, "Mobah!"</p>
+
+<p>The woman leaped upon the scene. She avoided Zee and Frannie. She
+strove to get at Martt. She kicked; she tried to strike at him. He
+heard Zee's voice, "Frannie! Leela! Help me!" As he fought, he was
+aware that the three girls were pulling at the woman—pulling her away,
+holding her.</p>
+
+<p>Martt momentarily had slackened his efforts. Rokk's fist caught him in
+the face, dazed him. Martt felt Rokk lifting him up, heaving him. His
+body struck the three-foot-wide, level top of the parapet. He clung
+desperately, as Rokk leaped up to throw him off.</p>
+
+<p>They were locked together, rolling on the parapet top! Martt at its
+edge, his head momentarily over, felt a wave of heat—saw, far down,
+the red-yellow glare. Rokk suddenly tried to cast him loose. Then was
+pushing. They were both lying at the edge.</p>
+
+<p>Scrambling. Panting. And suddenly Zee was up on the parapet,
+crouching—her frail white hands gouging at Rokk's face. It confused
+him. He relaxed. Martt gave one last desperate surge. He saw, and felt
+Rokk's body slipping, sliding over the edge, feet first. Rokk's hold on
+Martt was torn away, by his own weight and by Zee's frenzied, plucking
+fingers. His face, close to Martt's for an instant, showed wide,
+terrified eyes; a mouth that gaped.</p>
+
+<p>His hold broke. His body slid. He was gone! Martt lay panting at the
+edge, with Zee's steadying grip upon him. A cry sounded. A wail. The
+woman Mobah had torn loose from Frannie and Leela. She leaped to the
+parapet. Poised for an instant—a grim, gray statue of despair. Bereft
+of reason, she called, "Rokk! Rokk!" And with a long, shuddering cry,
+she plunged.</p>
+
+<p>There was silence for a moment on the parapet. No one looked down. And
+from over the distant, desolate horizon, presently the red sun came up
+with the dawn of a new day.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+
+<div class="chapter">
+<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_8"><i>CHAPTER 8</i></h2>
+</div>
+
+<h3>YOUTH!</h3>
+
+
+<p>Life is very strange. Brett and I—Frank Elgon of the Interplanetary
+Mails—of full maturity, at the peak of our physical and mental
+strength—how inglorious were the parts we played! So inconsequential I
+scarcely have the heart to recount our futile actions. Yet we thought
+always that we were doing our best.</p>
+
+<p>We stood there beside the arcade, helplessly watching Frannie and Leela
+disappear into smallness. Brett left me to guard the spot. He rushed
+away; came back to tell me that the giant wading in the lake was gone,
+that he could not find Martt or Zee.</p>
+
+<p>For a time we watched the small pebble beneath which Leela and Frannie
+had vanished. We even dared to move it carefully, but we could not see
+them.</p>
+
+<p>The island was emptying of its people. We thought that Martt and Zee
+might have gone home. We decided to go and join them. Perhaps to take
+our vehicle, make it small to search for Leela, since we had no drugs.</p>
+
+<p>I told Brett of his father's death. And it was well advanced into the
+morning before we learned that people on the island had seen Martt and
+Zee sailing for Reaf. Hours during which we had aimlessly searched, and
+prepared the vehicle for its trip into smallness to try and find Leela
+and Frannie.</p>
+
+<p>Martt and Zee had sailed for Reaf! Following the giant! We had thought
+of doing that, to try and obtain the drugs. But it had seemed reckless,
+foolhardy, impossible of success. Yet Martt had done it without
+hesitation. There is a caution comes at thirty which does not hamper
+twenty-one.</p>
+
+<p>We procured a boat. Provisioned it. And sailed for Reaf, armed with our
+flash-cylinders. And there we found a huge belt lying on the rocks
+near a scattered wreck of buildings strewn upon the water.</p>
+
+<p>Martt's belt, of a size which showed us he had used the drug! He had
+left the belt to explain that he had gone on to the giant world.</p>
+
+<p>But we were utterly helpless! We could not follow him. We were starting
+aimlessly toward the river, when along the rocks there, we saw four
+moving figures. Normal in size. Martt, returning with the three girls!
+All of them tattered, bruised, blood-stained, their garments dirty and
+torn. But unharmed.</p>
+
+<p>They waved at us. We landed and ran along the rocks. Martt's smile was
+tired, but very happy.</p>
+
+<p>"Here they are, Brett. I brought them back—Zee and I did—here they
+are." He added, "We had a headless thing named Eeff. It led us back,
+but just now at the last, it ran away. It said it wanted to find Degg.
+It ran, forgetting it needed the drugs. A half-witted, cowardly sort of
+thing, but I liked it. Oh, there is so much to tell you——"</p>
+
+<p>Deeds of youth! No caution, no pondering! Glorious deeds of youth,
+unfettered by maturity! No theory—just accomplishment!</p>
+
+<p>Frannie was saying to me, "Oh Frank——" I held out my hand, but she
+flung herself upon me. "Frank, I—I've wanted so to get back to you!"</p>
+
+<p>She clung to me. Her arms went around my neck. She was kissing me! Me,
+Frank Elgon! Poor as a guider of the lower traffic, and just now proved
+so inglorious of action. But Frannie was kissing me! And whispering,
+"Oh, Frank, I love you! Don't you know it? Haven't you always known it?
+You'd never say it to me. Please—please say it now!"</p>
+
+<p>I murmured, "I love you, Frannie!" And held her close. That this could
+happen to me, ineffectual Frank Elgon!</p>
+
+<hr class="tb">
+
+<p class="ph2">II</p>
+
+<p>Our last evening in Crescent. We were all going to the Earth—all
+but old Greedo. Brett and Leela had decided to be married on Earth.
+Frannie and I also, for Frannie did not seem to care how poor I was.
+Greedo wanted to go; but he said he was too old. A visit to Earth for
+his daughters, and then he hoped we would come back. Our last evening.
+I chanced to go alone to the roof-top of Greedo's home. Its banks of
+flowers were vivid in the twilight. A breeze rustled the tall potted
+ferns. The stars overhead were glowing with a silver radiance, mirrored
+in the distant, placid waters of the lake. Within the house downstairs,
+Leela's softly singing voice floated up.</p>
+
+<p>Two figures sat in the starlight, among the flowers. Zee and Martt;
+close together, with his arm around her, and her head against his side,
+the tangle of her dark hair enveloping him.</p>
+
+<p>I heard him say, awkwardly but very tenderly, "Three couples can be
+married at once, on Earth, Zee. Let's do that. Shall we?"</p>
+
+<p>And heard her answering whisper, "Yes. Let's."</p>
+
+<p>I tiptoed silently away.</p>
+
+
+<p class="ph2">THE END</p>
+
+<div style='text-align:center'>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 77512 ***</div>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/77512-h/images/cover.jpg b/77512-h/images/cover.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed5d714
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77512-h/images/cover.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77512-h/images/illus1.jpg b/77512-h/images/illus1.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8d59fd0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77512-h/images/illus1.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77512-h/images/illus2.jpg b/77512-h/images/illus2.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f1ae4e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77512-h/images/illus2.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77512-h/images/illus3.jpg b/77512-h/images/illus3.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..61eebbb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77512-h/images/illus3.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77512-h/images/illusc.jpg b/77512-h/images/illusc.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6cca908
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77512-h/images/illusc.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6c72794
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This book, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fcfac88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for eBook #77512
+(https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/77512)
diff --git a/giantworld_txt.txt b/giantworld_txt.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..88c6911
--- /dev/null
+++ b/giantworld_txt.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,3451 @@
+*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 77512 ***
+
+
+
+
+ The GIANT WORLD
+
+ By RAY CUMMINGS
+
+ NOTE--This: serial, while complete in itself, is a
+ sequel to _Explorers Into Infinity_, which
+ narrated the previous adventures of Brett and Martt
+ on the distant world. The story appeared in
+ WEIRD TALES for last April, May and June.
+
+ [Transcriber's Note: This etext was produced from
+ Weird Tales January, February, March 1928.]
+
+
+
+
+ CONTENTS
+
+ 1 THE SUMMONS
+ 2 STOLEN INTO SMALLNESS
+ 3 THE THING IN THE FOG
+ 4 THE WILD NIGHT RIDE
+ 5 CLIMBING INTO LARGENESS UNFATHOMABLE
+ 6 THE BLOOD-RED DAY
+ 7 THE FIGHT ON THE PARAPET
+ 8 YOUTH!
+
+
+
+
+ _CHAPTER 1_
+
+ THE SUMMONS
+
+
+I was startled. Yet I think that I subconsciously I was prepared for
+it; expecting it. The little cylinder flipped out of its tube and
+dropped on my desk before me. My name was on it, glowing with tiny
+luminous letters: _Frank Elgon, Interplanetary Mails, Division 4,
+Great-New York_. It looked just like any other Departmental message
+cylinder. But instinctively I knew it was not; and my heart was
+beating fast as I clicked it open.
+
+Relayed through Code Headquarters. I saw that on the small rolled tape
+inside. And saw the signature, Dr. Gryce. It should not have been
+startling, but my fingers were trembling as I unrolled the tape and
+hooked it into the automatic decoder. And I stood gripping my chair as
+the line of English letters pricked themselves on the blank white sheet
+at which I was staring:
+
+ "Frank--I can not bear it any longer. We must go--we must find
+ Brett at any cost. Will you stand by us? Come at once. Hurry.
+
+ DR. GRYCE."
+
+My mind leaped back. I sat at my desk staring blankly, while in
+the office around me all the bustling activity of the accursed
+Interplanetary Mails faded before the surging visions of my memory.
+It was four years since that other momentous day when Dr. Gryce had
+sent for me. And I had gone to him; and listened amazed at his weird,
+fantastic theories. Our sun, planets, and stars--all the vastness of
+the star-filled heavens, he had told me then--were but the infinite
+smallness of a greater world. All this that we call our Celestial
+Universe was no more than an atom--of the giant world encompassing it.
+
+Fantasy! Yet it had proved sober, tragic fact. Tragic, because Dr.
+Gryce's older son, Brett, had gone out there to that giant world. Gone,
+and never returned. Nor been heard from; four years now, while old Dr.
+Gryce at the end of his life waited despairingly.
+
+I had known always that the time would come when Dr. Gryce would wait
+no longer. He would send for me--friend of Brett--and friend of his
+other two children, Martt and Francine. For a year every cylinder that
+had dropped on my desk had made my heart leap that it might contain
+this summons which now lay before me.
+
+"_I can not bear it any longer. Will you stand by us?_" So simple
+an appeal! But I knew the turgid torrent of heartache--the final
+desperation of an old man's suffering--which prompted it.
+
+Young Grante at the desk next to mine was sorting his pile of official
+communications newly arrived by the Venus mail. I turned to him.
+
+"I'm going away," I told him. In spite of myself--an unfortunate
+mannerism when I am perturbed--my voice sounded gruff, ill-tempered.
+"There is no time to argue--will you please notify Official 4 that
+my--my post is vacant."
+
+He raised his eyebrows. "Vacant?"
+
+"Yes. I'm going away." I was on my feet. Outwardly calm, but within me
+was a seething emotion. Going away! Out there into the immensity of the
+Unknown, where my friend Brett had gone, not to return. Young Grante
+could not guess. He was thinking Great-London perhaps--or the Asiatic
+province. Or perchance, Venus, or Mars.
+
+I laughed harshly. "Don't question me, Grante. Just tell them--my post
+is vacant."
+
+I left the room with his amazed stare following me. In the corridor,
+through a window I caught a glimpse of the tenth pedestrian level; its
+crowd of people moving upon the diverse activities of their tiny lives.
+Already I felt apart from them. Frank Elgon, Division 4. Presently, to
+such of them as knew me, I would be no more than a memory. "That young,
+rather quarrelsome Elgon, who walked out of his office in a temper, and
+vanished." They would say that, and then forget me.
+
+I laughed again. But the thought brought a pang of regret, and a
+shudder.
+
+In ten minutes I was within a pneumatic cylinder, speeding underground
+to the Southern Pennsylvania area, to the home of Dr. Gryce.
+
+
+ II
+
+Martt and Frannie met me at the outer gateway. Their manner held a
+singular gravity. I had expected them to be excited, of course. But
+their grave, somber smiles of greeting, their instinctively hushed
+voices, seemed unnatural. This was no reckless, devil-may-care spirit
+of high adventure which I had anticipated the twins of Dr. Gryce would
+display. Sober drama. Their involuntary glances at the white house
+nestling against the hillside carried a foreboding.
+
+Drama, but it seemed almost to be tragedy. My heart sank. There was
+something very wrong here with the Gryces; something more imminent than
+the fact of Brett's absence over four years.
+
+But I said nothing. Dear little Frannie gave me her two hands. They
+were cold.
+
+Martt said, "Thank you for coming, Frank. Father is--waiting for you."
+His voice, usually flaunting, mocking at everything with the reckless
+spirit of youth, chilled me with its queerly broken tone.
+
+We crossed the flowering gardens to the white house standing so
+peaceful in the afternoon sunlight. Martt led the way. The twins were
+twenty-one years old now. Alike physically, and in temperament. Both
+smaller than average height; slim and delicate of mold; blue-eyed,
+and fair of hair. They were always laughing; carefree--the spirit of
+irresponsible youth. But not today. I regarded Martt, trudging ahead
+of me--debonair, jaunty of figure in his tight black silk trousers and
+loose white shirt, bare-headed, his crisp, curly hair tousled by the
+wind. But there was a slump to his shoulders, a heaviness to his tread.
+And little Frannie behind him: girlishly beautiful, with her tossing
+golden curls, her familiar house costume of gray blouse and widely
+flaring knee-length trousers. But there was upon her a preternatural
+solemnity; a maturity of aspect indefinable.
+
+At the doorway Martt turned and fixed me with his somber, blue-eyed
+gaze. And spoke with the same queer hush to his voice.
+
+"Father is upstairs, Frank. He is--dying. He wants very much to live
+until you arrive."
+
+Upon the pillows in the darkened room lay Dr. Gryce's head with its
+shaggy, snow-white hair, the mound of the sheet betraying his pitifully
+wasted body.
+
+Martt said softly, very gently, "Frank is here, Father. You see he came
+in time--plenty of time."
+
+But the head, with face to the wall, did not move; no stirring marked
+the fragile body lying there.
+
+Martt gave a cry; with Frannie he rushed to the bedside. It was all
+too evident. In a moment Martt stood up, leaned silently against the
+bedpost, a hand before his eyes as though dazed. And Frannie knelt at
+the bed and sobbed.
+
+We expect death all our lives, yet the instinct of life within us never
+ceases to feel a shock, and a revulsion. For a long time these children
+of Dr. Gryce did not move or speak. Then Frannie leaped to her feet.
+Her face was tear-stained; but her sobs were suddenly checked, and her
+eyes were blazing.
+
+"Martt! His last wish--the very last thing he said--was that we go out
+ourselves and find Brett. He said it--he said Brett might need us--his
+dying wish. And I'm going, and so are you. We've got to, Martt! And
+we want Frank with us. Oh, Frank, you'll go with us, won't you? Out
+there--to join Brett?"
+
+
+ III
+
+The burial was passed. We had not spoken of our enterprise, but
+it had never left my thoughts. This boy and girl so newly come
+to maturity--but I was twenty-nine. Upon me would fall the main
+responsibility.
+
+We sat at last in Dr. Gryce's study--the three of us alone--to discuss
+our task. With the first poignancy of their shock and sorrow already
+dulled by time, upon the faces of Martt and Frannie was stamped grimly
+their simple purpose.
+
+"But, Martt," I said, "Brett's vehicle was very intricate. It
+traveled in Space--but in Time as well. And grew gigantic in size.
+Your father's genius built it. But we have no such genius to build
+another----"
+
+"You forget," he interrupted. "Think back, Frank. That day you came
+here. And we showed you the models of the vehicle. There were four of
+them----"
+
+Then I remembered. Dr. Gryce had shown me four small models. One he had
+sent back into Time. A flash, like a dissipating puff of vapor it was
+gone into the Past; still here in Space above the taboret on which it
+was standing, but vanished with centuries of Time to hide it from my
+sight.
+
+Another of the models, with Time unchanged, Dr. Gryce had sent into
+Infinite Smallness. I remembered watching it dwindling; a speck, a
+pinhead, then invisible even to the microscope.
+
+Two of the models were left. Martt and Frannie, but seventeen years old
+then, had taken one into the garden. Had started it growing in size. I
+recalled our frantic efforts to check its growth, lest it demolish the
+house. This was the one in which Martt and Brett had gone to the giant
+world and in which Brett had returned alone to that distant part of our
+universe.
+
+One model had remained. I had never thought of it since. Martt was
+saying, ". . . and we still have that last model. Father kept it
+very carefully." Martt's smile was wistful with the memory. "I think
+he--Father--had a premonition that he would not live to carry out his
+purpose. . . . The model is here."
+
+He opened a locked steel box. Again I gazed silently at that small cube
+of milk-white metal--a cube the length of my forearm, with its tiny
+tower on top, its glasslike balcony, its windows and its doors.
+
+"It's all complete," said Martt. "And I know how to operate it."
+
+Frannie said with a touch of breathlessness, "For a month past, Father
+has been gathering the necessary instruments. And the supplies--you see
+he--he really thought he was going to live----"
+
+"We're all ready," Martt added. "We will increase this model to normal
+size. Load it with our supplies. We can start tomorrow, Frank."
+
+
+ IV
+
+Five million light-years from Earth! Who of finite human mind can
+conceive such unfathomable distance! Yet, as I crouched on the floor of
+the vehicle gazing down at the radiance emerging from the black void
+which was our first sight of the Inner Surface, the distance had seemed
+no more than gigantic. We were, in size, many million times our Earthly
+stature. The tiny Earth, from our larger viewpoint, was a little orange
+spinning above us in the void--a mere one-twentieth light-year away.
+
+Martt, for all his youth, had proved competent. He had made the trip
+once before with Brett; he handled the vehicle carefully, and with
+skill. He said now, as we three crouched by the floor window, "We'll
+soon be down to the atmosphere, Frank. I'm checking our fall--we want
+no errors----"
+
+We were reversed in Time--holding very nearly at a single instant, so
+that on the Inner Surface the time now was the same as it had been when
+we left the Earth.
+
+We argued the point; Martt said, "I think when we land--we should
+choose the point in Time about four years beyond Brett's landing. So
+that it will be four years to us--and also to him. Don't you?"
+
+We decided upon that, so that we would reach the Inner Surface and
+find Brett had been there four years. It seemed to strike a greater
+normality. Find Brett! Would we find him? I wondered, as I knew Martt
+and Frannie were wondering. But in our plans we always took it for
+granted.
+
+The radiance beneath us grew brighter. And at last we entered the upper
+strata of atmosphere, falling gently downward. It was a fair, beautiful
+land, as Brett and Martt had said. A sylvan landscape, with an air of
+quiet peace upon it. A broad vista of land and water; patches of human
+habitation--houses, villages; a city.
+
+Martt was at the telescope. "Pretty good, Frank! I've hit it--I see the
+city--off there, isn't it? And the crescent lake."
+
+He changed our direction slightly. As we dropped, the broad crescent
+lake lay beneath us. Trees bordered its banks; and to the right was the
+city of low-roofed, crescent-shaped buildings banked with flowers. And
+beyond the city a rolling country of gently undulating hills, with a
+jagged mountain range up near the horizon.
+
+From this height it was a visibly concave surface. And it was gray and
+colorless, for we were passing abnormally through its Time. Then Martt
+threw off the Time-switch; we took the normal Time-rate of the realm.
+And in size we were also normal.
+
+At a height of perhaps a thousand feet Martt held us poised above the
+city. "They'll see us now," he said. "If--if Brett is down there he'll
+recognize us. I'll land in the grove where we landed before. We'll give
+Brett time to get there to meet us."
+
+With the Time-switch off, color and movement had sprung into the scene.
+The forests were a somber growth of dull, orange-colored vegetation.
+The water was a shimmering purple; and above us was a purple sky, with
+faint clouds, and dim stars up there--stars which seemed very small and
+very close.
+
+The white houses gleamed and glowed in the starlight. Yet it seemed
+not night; nor day either. A queerly shimmering twilight. Shadowless,
+as though everything were vaguely phosphorescent.
+
+In the broad city streets there was movement. Vehicles; people. And the
+people now were gathered in groups, staring up at us.
+
+We landed in the little clearing at the edge of the lake near the city.
+And now at the last, Frannie gave voice to the fear which was within us
+all. "Oh Frank, do you think Brett will be here?"
+
+There were human figures in the near-by thickets. I saw them through
+the windows, but we were too busy with the landing to look closely. The
+vehicle came to rest. Martt and I flung open the door. The vegetation
+was thick near by; we stepped from the vehicle onto a soft, mossy
+sward, and stood in a timid group, with tumultuously beating hearts.
+
+"Martt! Frannie! Frank!" It was his voice! Brett was here! And we saw
+him step from a thicket. His familiar voice; his familiar figure, but
+so fantastically garbed that it brought to me a wild desire to laugh,
+for I was half hysterical with the relief of seeing him.
+
+Frannie cried, "Brett! My brother! You're all right, Brett, aren't you?
+I'm glad you're all right."
+
+Under stress, how inarticulate are we humans! I said awkwardly, "How
+are you, Brett? We thought we'd come and see you."
+
+He took Frannie in his arms. And wrung Martt's hand, and mine, while
+his strange companions stood in the background among the trees,
+watching us.
+
+"Of course I'm all right," he declared. "And terrifically happy." A
+shadow crossed his face; his glance went to the vehicle's doorway.
+"Father didn't come with you?"
+
+Then Martt showed a wisdom far beyond his years. This was no time to
+bring sorrow to Brett. Martt said smoothly, "Father is better than he
+has ever been, Brett. We'll tell you--later."
+
+"Good! That's fine!" Brett's face was radiant. "You're just in time,
+you three. I'm to be married tonight."
+
+But even then as I wrung his hand again, and congratulated him, I had a
+premonition that it was not to be.
+
+
+
+
+ _CHAPTER 2_
+
+ STOLEN INTO SMALLNESS
+
+
+"Life is pleasant here," said Brett. "Pleasant, and indolent. It does
+not make for progress, but it is happiness--and I'm beginning to wonder
+if that is not best, after all."
+
+We were sitting in an arcaded passage on the roof of the home where
+Brett lived. Crescent archways opened to the roof, where stood banks
+of vivid flowers, with a vista of the city beyond. The building seemed
+of baked earth, rough like adobe, and of dull orange color. It was a
+two-storied, crescent-shaped structure, set upon a wide street-corner
+near the edge of the city. The home of Leela's father. I had never
+forgotten Leela--the girl Brett and Martt had rescued from the giant on
+their first visit here. Brett had fallen in love with her. It was she
+whom tonight he was to marry. And this was her father's home--Greedo,
+the old musician.
+
+"I have lived here with them six months," Brett said.
+
+Martt exclaimed, "Six months! Why Brett, you have been gone four years!"
+
+We had miscalculated the Time-change of the vehicle. Our purpose had
+been to strike this realm of the Inner Surface at a point in Time which
+to Brett would be four years. But now we found it six months only.
+
+Brett smiled. "I'm glad you didn't postpone your arrival. You've no
+idea how pleased I am to have you--tonight of all nights."
+
+We had not yet seen Leela, or her father. Brett said that Leela would
+be up presently to greet us. The city was excited over our coming. A
+crowd was gathered in the street before the house; Brett had made them
+a brief speech; Frannie, Martt and I had stood at the parapet and waved
+to them.
+
+Then Brett had spoken of a younger sister of Leela's. Her name was
+Zelea--they called her Zee.
+
+Martt sat up at this. "Where was she when we were here before?"
+
+"Away," said Brett. "She was too young to meet a man then. Only now has
+she come to be sixteen. You'll like her, Martt. I want you to like her."
+
+"I will," said Martt enthusiastically, "if she's anything like Leela."
+
+"You were telling us about the life here," I suggested. "We always
+called this land the Inner Surface----"
+
+"Yes," he agreed. "It is concave, like the inner shell of some great,
+hollow globe. Within the space it encloses----" He gestured to where,
+through the arcade, a segment of purple, star-filled sky was visible.
+"All that which we of Earth called the Celestial Universe is enclosed
+by this concave shell. You would think that this must be a gigantic
+region----" He smiled again. "It is not. Compared to our present
+enormous size, I imagine the circumference of this Inner Surface is
+not unduly great. I don't know. These people have not explored very
+far. They are not wanderers--they are too indolent, too contented, to
+wander."
+
+He paused to drink from a shallow receptacle which stood before us, and
+offered Martt and me what appeared to be arrant cylinders to smoke.
+
+"I have learned a little of the language. Proper names are impossible
+to translate. But the meaning of their word for this land, I call
+in English. Romantica. The romantic land. It is, I fancy, about
+five hundred miles square. Beyond it lie forests and mountains. No
+one here has ever penetrated them. There are wild beasts, birds,
+insect life--and fish and reptiles in the water. But they are not
+dangerous--not aggressive. It is not because of them that these people
+avoid exploration. It is--just indolence."
+
+"I don't wonder," I said. "This is very peaceful here--I have no
+desire to do anything in particular." From the city streets a drone of
+activity floated up to us; but it was almost somnolent.
+
+"It's always like this," said Brett. "Almost no change of seasons--the
+light always the same. There is no disease here--or very little.
+Food--grains, and what we would call vegetables, grow abundantly in
+this rich soil. The trees give milk--even the bark and pulp of them are
+edible. Life is easy. There is nothing to struggle against.
+
+"Through generations, it has made the people kindly. There is little
+crime. No struggle for land, or food or clothing. Crimes involving
+sex----" He gestured. "Wherever humans exist there will be crimes of
+that origin. But our women here are very sensible, and when a woman
+does what is right--well, you know, don't you, that most deeds of
+violence into which men plunge over women have a woman's wrong actions
+at the bottom of them? There is little of that here, for the women take
+care that there shall not be.
+
+"So they call their country Romantica. They are not a scientific
+people. They do not struggle for advancement. Art has taken the place
+of science. Painting. Sculpture. Music. They have developed music
+very far. It has a soul here. It speaks--it sings--it seems a living
+entity. It is--what music ought to be, but seldom is--the pure voice
+of love, of romance. . . . I was telling you about our country. Most
+of its population live in villages, and in individual dwellings
+strewn about the hills. There are but two large cities. This one--the
+largest--they call Crescent. Or at least their word for it suggests the
+shape of the lake. The other city is about fifty miles from here"--he
+gestured again--"off there where you see the line of mountains. They
+call it Reaf. It's a quaint city. Built largely over the water--rivers
+there--hot, subterranean rivers which rush underground--under the
+mountains. They go--who knows where? No one has ever been down them.
+The mountains are honeycombed with caves, tunnels, passages leading
+within, and up. Always up. But into them no one has ever penetrated.
+Legends tell fabulous tales of a great world up there. The giants, we
+think----"
+
+When Brett and Martt had first come here, giants had appeared.
+Dwindling giants--strange, savage beings of half-human aspect. They
+had appeared--no one knew from where. Growing smaller until they were
+normal size to this realm. Not many had been seen. Some had kept on
+dwindling; they had grown so small, when attacked, that they had become
+invisible. At the thought, I moved my foot involuntarily with a shudder
+of uneasiness. Here on the floor beside me now, men like beasts might
+be lurking, so small I could not see them. Yet in a moment they might
+grow to a stature greater than my own. . . .
+
+Men like beasts! . . . And I remembered that, with size gigantic, they
+had destroyed the third city of Romantica.
+
+Upon Brett's face lay a cloud of apprehension. "We have never heard
+from them since. It is thought--I think myself--that they came from
+the subterranean rivers, or through the underground passages of the
+mountains. I conceive this concave surface upon which we're living
+to be the inner surface of a shell. It may not be very thick--there
+at Reaf. Above it--beyond it--up or down are mere comparative
+terms--beyond it must lie some vastly greater outside world. This whole
+realm is doubtless within an atom of that greater world. It would be a
+convex surface up there--with a sky and stars beyond. . . .
+
+"We have never seen the giants since that time when Martt and I rescued
+Leela. Everyone here seems to have forgotten them----" Brett's voice
+was heavy with apprehension. "These people are so trustful! They forget
+so quickly! No one worries. Our rulers here--a venerable man and woman
+long past the age when death is expected--are so gentle, kindly, that
+they can not imagine harm coming to their people. They have forgotten
+the Hill City which the giants destroyed. Trampled upon it! Six or
+eight giants--they must have been several hundred feet tall--stamping,
+kicking the building! I've been there--I've seen the ruins--strewn for
+miles--and with buildings, colonnades and terraces mashed into the
+ground! There were no more than half a thousand people surviving that
+destruction of the Hill City--and thousands died. But everyone says
+now, 'The giants are gone. We are safe.'"
+
+Brett's voice had risen to a swift vehemence. "It's been like living
+on a volcano to me, all these months. There are no weapons here. My
+own few flash-cylinders--of what use would a tiny flash of lightning
+be against beings so gigantic? We've got to do something. For if those
+giants come again----"
+
+A step sounded in the oval doorway near at hand. Leela stood
+smilingly, deprecatingly before us.
+
+
+ II
+
+Brett said, "Come here, Leela. This is my sister, and my friend, Frank
+Elgon. And here's Martt."
+
+Leela advanced hesitantly, her face a wave of color as she met our
+gazes. She was smaller, and even slighter than Frannie, her figure
+adorned and revealed by its single, simple garment--more like a short,
+glistening veil than a dress. Her hair was long and dark, caught by
+a band at her neck, and flowing free beneath. Her arms and legs were
+bare. At her wrists, gray-blue bands with small tassels; on her feet,
+queerly high-heeled wooden sandals, with tasseled thongs crossing on
+her ankles. The sandals clacked as she walked; her step was mincing,
+with a suggestion of the Orientals of our Earth.
+
+Brett eyed the sandals with a humorous twinkle. "For why are those,
+Leela?"
+
+Her blush heightened. "In honor of our guests. I thought you would like
+them."
+
+With a swift gesture, she stooped, untied the thongs and cast the
+sandals off. Her feet were very white, small and delicately formed,
+with rounded, polished nails stained pink. She stood untrammeled, lithe
+and graceful as a faun.
+
+"I am glad to meet Brett's sister--and his friend. And you, Martt--I
+am glad to see you again." Her voice was soft as a Latin's. She shook
+hands with Martt and with me, and returned Frannie's affectionate
+embrace.
+
+As I saw them together--these two girls of different worlds--I was
+struck with the dissimilarity of them. Pert, vivacious little Frannie,
+blue-eyed, fair of hair--brown-skinned from the outdoor life she loved.
+And Leela--smooth, white skin, dark hair and luminous eyes, a fragile
+grace to her every movement. None of my words are adequate. There was
+about her an aura of romance; a strange wild spirit of something for
+which every man in his soul has a longing; a beauty with a quality
+ethereal--half human, but half divine.
+
+A twinge of conscience came to me that I--Frank Elgon--could think such
+thoughts and see such beauty in any girl who was not Frannie.
+
+Leela was saying, "My father would have you come down soon. And Zee is
+down there--Zee is very much excited, Brett. There is so much to do
+before tonight----"
+
+Brett's arm was around her. "And you--of course you're not excited, are
+you, Leela?"
+
+She returned his caress, embarrassed further by his teasing. He added,
+"We will be down presently."
+
+"Yes," she said; and with a pretty gesture, she left us.
+
+The sandals lay discarded on the floor. Brett gathered them up,
+regarding them tenderly. "She is so easy to tease, I love to do it. But
+if you try that with Zee----"
+
+"You shouldn't tease her," said Frannie. "She's a darling. I love her
+already."
+
+Brett's wedding day! For all his quiet, whimsical teasing of Leela,
+the love he bore her enveloped him like a shining cloak. Yet his
+father whom he loved so dearly was dead, and Brett did not know it. I
+whispered to Martt about it later.
+
+"I think we should not tell him," said Martt. "Not--until we have to."
+
+And we did not. Looking back on it now, how much was to happen to
+Brett--to Martt, to us all! What fearsome things--danger, desperation,
+despair--were to be our allotted portion before we even thought again
+of old Dr. Gryce who was dead!
+
+
+ III
+
+Brett was to be married that evening--a public festival and ceremony
+over which the whole city was in an anticipatory fever.
+
+"The festival of lights and music," said Brett. "They hold it at
+periodic times. It is a wonderful sight. It generally includes a
+marriage--girls find it romantic. Leela selected it for us. Greedo
+is in charge of it--Leela and Zee always take part in its music. We
+must go down--they are waiting for us--there is so much for them to do
+between now and this evening."
+
+"I'll help," said Frannie. "Come on, Martt--I guess you want to meet
+Zee, don't you?"
+
+
+ IV
+
+We found Leela's father to be a grave, black-robed, kind-faced old man
+of an age indeterminate. Sixty, or eighty, I could not have told. In
+vigorous health, evidently. His figure was spare, straight, but not
+tall. His thick, gray-black hair he wore long to the base of the neck.
+
+He greeted us quietly, with an admirable dignity commanding immediate
+respect.
+
+"You are a musician," I said, after we had been talking for a time.
+"Brett has told us something about your music here. It must be very
+beautiful."
+
+He smiled. "Music is a wonderful thing. It ennobles. There is in it
+a touch of something beyond our poor human understanding. A touch
+of--what you call Divinity."
+
+"You speak our language very well," I exclaimed.
+
+"A language is not difficult. All minds are similar--that is why music
+can make so universal an appeal." His voice was earnest, his eyes
+sparkling. It was the subject most absorbing to him.
+
+I said, "You teach music----"
+
+He raised a deprecating hand. "Yes. But that is nothing. I teach the
+fundamentals"--he struck his breast--"the rest comes from within. For
+myself, I am a mere retailer of sound. A peddler of something someone
+else has made. The composer--he is the real artist. I have hoped that
+some day Leela will compose. Brett has promised that he will urge
+her. . . . Just now, she sings." He twinkled at Leela. "I fear she
+thinks she sings very well. Pouf! It is nothing! She, too, is only a
+sound-peddler."
+
+With a burst, Zee entered the room. A smaller replica of Leela. Yet how
+different! She came like a mountain torrent tumbling from the hillside.
+Her short, dull-red draperies whirled about her elfin figure. Her dark
+eyes were blazing. Black hair, flying over her shoulders with her
+tumultuous entrance.
+
+"Father! That is not so!" She stamped one of her bare feet, then rose
+on strong, supple toes and whirled half around. The muscles stood out
+beneath the smooth satin skin of her calves. "Leela, why do you let him
+say such a thing? You sing beautifully." She whirled back. "And what am
+I, then?"
+
+The old man was wholly unperturbed. "You, Zee? Why, you are a peddler
+of movement. Very swift, tempestuous movement, generally." He added to
+me, "She thinks she is an artist. She is not. She is only a dancer."
+
+
+ V
+
+It was what on Earth would have been termed late evening when we
+started for the festival. Greedo, with his two daughters, had left half
+an hour before.
+
+We were dressed now in the fashion of the country. Brett had suggested
+it; Martt had insisted upon it. I remembered with what a jaunty
+swagger Martt had worn his clothes upon his return to Earth that
+other time. He was dressed similarly now. A cloth shirt of glaring
+green, with a high, rolling collar in front, and low in the back;
+short trousers very wide and flapping at the knee. The trousers were
+a lighter green, with dark green stripes; his stockings were tan; and
+his green shoes were long and pointed. Over his shirt was a short tan
+jacket, wide-shouldered and with puffed sleeves, and bangles dangling
+from elbows and wrists. And there was a skirt to the jacket, rolling
+upward at the waist.
+
+My own costume was in the same fashion; and though it was a sober gray,
+befitting my more mature years, I felt for a time awkward and foolish
+in it. But when in the crowded city streets I found that no one seemed
+particularly to remark me, I soon forgot it.
+
+Brett wore a long cloak; I did not see how he was dressed. Frannie also
+wore a cloak. Just before leaving she tossed it aside, and stood before
+me, waiting for my admiration, with her characteristic twinkle, and her
+pert upflung face daring me to disapprove. Even by contrast with Leela
+and Zee, to my eyes at least Frannie was very pretty. She wore the
+single draped garment with silver cords crossed at her breasts to shape
+her figure; and with banded wrists, and tasseled bands above the knees.
+Her blond curls were tied with flowing tassels. The whole costume, a
+gray and blue, with a single deep-blue flower in her hair. And thin,
+flexible sandals on her little feet.
+
+She eyed me. "Do you like me, Frank?"
+
+"I--why, why--Frannie----" I would have told her then that I loved her,
+as I had very nearly told her myriad times in ten years past. But who
+was I to ask the love of any girl? A sorter of planetary messages, poor
+as a towerman in the lower traffic! "I--why yes, Frannie. Of course I
+like you. You're--beautiful."
+
+She had a quaint little circular hat, stiff and round, with a dull-red
+plume and a tassel. We men wore hats of a solidly wooden aspect--low,
+round crowns and triangular brims. Martt's was sea-green, with tassels
+all around its brim. But mine and Brett's were sober gray, and
+unadorned.
+
+We started on foot. The city streets were dim in the luminous twilight.
+Overhead, the sky with its thin-strewn stars was cloudless. A holiday
+aspect was everywhere. Crowds of people were in the streets. Young men
+and girls, gay with laughter. Most of them were cloaked. A vehicle,
+with runners like a sleigh gliding over the grassy pavement, drawn by a
+squat, four-legged animal, went by us. It was jammed with girls; one of
+them leaned out and waved at me. Her slim white arm came down; her hand
+twitched off my hat, sent it spinning. I caught a glimpse of her face;
+dark, laughing eyes, a mouth with mocking lips stained red. . . .
+
+The sleigh passed on.
+
+With Brett leading us we turned toward the lake. Most of the crowd
+seemed to be heading that way. Occasionally we were recognized. Stares
+of interest at us, the strangers, and cheers for Brett.
+
+He said to me, "They're all very happy, Frank. Like children." I
+fancied that he sighed--he, for whom this night of all nights should
+have been his happiest.
+
+In a group, with the swirling merrymakers about us, we made our way
+to the lake shore. The water was rippled by a gentle night breeze;
+the stars gleamed on the water surface with tiny silver paths. Boats
+were here--double canoes with outriders; and a few sailboats, small,
+single-masted, with triangular and crescent sails.
+
+We found a small canoe; Brett sculled it with a broad-bladed paddle.
+Other boats were around us. A long canoe with a dozen sweeping
+paddles shot by us with the racing strokes of its men, and with
+shouts from its laughing girls. Another, smaller, turned over. Its
+men swam, and righted it. They climbed aboard, hauling up the girls.
+The wet draperies clung to them; they came up like dripping, gleeful
+water-sprites, tossing their black hair. . . . A barge went slowly
+along, drawn by two canoes. A lighted canopy was over its occupants--a
+huge, woven garland of flowers. The canopy gleamed with spots of
+vivid-colored lights.
+
+"The luminous flowers," said Brett. And I saw that the large purple
+blossoms were gleaming with a purple light--a phosphorescence inherent
+in them; and red blossoms, like crimson lanterns; and others orange,
+and green. Music floated upward from the barge, soft and sweet over
+the water. The tinkle of strings--the voices of girls singing, and men
+humming with a deeper background of harmony. . . .
+
+A night for love-making. The night romantic. Brett's wedding night--and
+yet, he had sighed. I knew why, for upon my own heart lay a weight
+of apprehension, heavier because it was so incongruous. Martt quite
+evidently did not feel it--he was shouting and laughing constantly
+with his pleasure. A girl from a neighboring boat tossed him a large,
+blood-red, glowing blossom. It fell short, went into the water and
+slowly sank, staining the water with its red light. Martt all but
+turned us over trying to rescue it.
+
+Frannie, too, seemed gay. I tried to smile; but I felt that it was
+forced. The depression upon me would not be shaken off. It grew to
+seem almost sinister. The very atmosphere of happiness around me seemed
+to intensify it. These merrymakers--in the midst of life. . . . At such
+a moment as this, death could choose to strike. . . .
+
+"Look!" shouted Martt. "The lights off there--is that where we're
+going?"
+
+A patch of gay-colored lights gleamed from over the water ahead. "Yes,"
+said Brett. "An island there, where they hold the festival. It's not
+far."
+
+It was an irregular circular island, a mile perhaps in extent. The lake
+waters indented it with a hundred tiny bays, inlets, and narrow, placid
+waterways. We ascended one of them. The surface of the island was
+gently undulating, and wooded, with mossy dells--nooks arched with the
+luminous flowers. Nooks for love-making.
+
+The whole island was strewn thick with the flowers; they grew upon
+tall, single stems--gay-colored lanterns nodding in the breeze. Beneath
+them were laughing couples; some hidden, sought and found by groups of
+marauding girls, to seize the man and laughingly whisk him away. And
+everywhere was music, soft as an echo. . . .
+
+ * * * * *
+
+We ascended the narrow waterways, came to a lagoon with a glassy
+surface wherein a thousand spots of the lantern-flowers were
+mirrored like colored stars. Near the shore here, beyond a dock at
+which we landed, was a broad enclosed space with an arcade of the
+lantern-flowers arching over it. Brilliant with their light. Most of
+the crowd seemed congregated there--a milling throng on the level floor
+inside, with liquid strains of music mingling with the shouts and
+laughter.
+
+"We'll go in there," said Brett. "I'll find seats for you--then I must
+leave, to join Leela and her father. There is to be a musical program.
+But first--just Greedo, Zee and Leela, and our marriage. Most of the
+music comes afterward."
+
+Within the arcade the lights blended into a kaleidoscope of color. All
+the cloaks were discarded now. Costumes vividly splashed as a painter's
+palette. Heavy perfumes. And that soft, echoing music. I could not tell
+its source.
+
+At one end of the room was a raised, canopied platform, with doors
+behind it. Most of the crowd were choosing low seats, like stools
+ranged in rows. Brett got us settled.
+
+"I'll leave you now--and meet you over there by the right-hand end of
+the platform, afterward."
+
+He left us. With Frannie between us, Martt and I sat quiet, watching
+and listening. We had not long to wait. The light around us began to
+dim; sliding curtains were obscuring the flowers over us. A hush fell
+upon the crowd. The soft music was stilled. A hush of expectancy.
+
+The arcade was in gloom. The light on the platform intensified. A
+deep-red glow, with a single spot focused upon a small, raised dais.
+Into the red glow came Greedo, robed unobtrusively in black. He was
+carrying a crescent frame of strings. He seated himself, and in the
+silence swept his hands across the strings. His fingers plucked them
+like a harp; and then his other hand slid upon them. The staccato
+notes rippled clear as a mountain rill, soft, muted to seem an echo of
+music. And blended with them was a low, crying melody--a fragment, then
+silence.
+
+Leela had appeared. She crossed through the red glow, mounted the
+dais, and stood in the silver light--Leela, robed to her feet in a
+misty silver veil through which her figure vaguely was outlined. She
+stood there drooping--a Naiad veiled in the fountain mist. . . . Then
+Greedo's music sounded. And Leela sang.
+
+It was like nothing I had ever heard before. Music, toned strangely,
+with strange intervals to make it neither major nor minor. Not
+happiness, nor yet sadness. A wistfulness. A longing. But with the
+promise of fulfilment.
+
+I listened, breathlessly; and the arcade around me faded. Greedo's
+figure in the shadow was forgotten. There was only the white figure of
+Leela; her face, the purity of girlhood, her eyes half closed, her lips
+parted with the song. Nothing else--save myself. I stood in a void,
+stretching out my arms to Romance. All that I had ever dreamed, and
+vaguely longed for without understanding what it meant, was upon me.
+All that woman could mean to man--the spirit of the ideal never to be
+attained in mortal flesh--seemed suddenly attained. Romance--that thing
+elusive--intangible as a thought in the vaguest of dreams. It was mine!
+
+The song ended. Applause rang out. Leela was gone.
+
+Martt breathed beside me, "Frank! Wasn't that--wonderful! It was
+like----Look, here comes Zee!"
+
+Zee was on the platform--a whirlwind of veils, stained by the red
+light, white limbs flashing as she whirled. Greedo's music was faster
+now. Snapping staccato, with a thrum of melody. The lights changed to
+a mingled riot of color within which Zee was dancing. An elf. A sprite
+of the woodland, with tossing hair and fluttering arms; and a laughing
+face. . . . A figure in the fairy-tale of a child. . . .
+
+But only for a moment. Then the dance slowed. Maturity came suddenly.
+Zee mounted the dais, and the light there was abruptly green. She stood
+in an attitude of terror, her eyes wide, hands before her, posturing
+with horror.
+
+It made my heart leap. For an instant I fancied it had been real. But
+the light turned silver. The horror faded into a passion of love,
+her white arms extended, her breasts rising and falling beneath the
+veils, her red lips parted with passionate longing. The abandonment
+of youth--so young, with newly awakened passion as yet but half
+understood. Then again she was whirling around the platform, leaping on
+her bare toes, light as a faun. . . .
+
+Behind me, suddenly a woman screamed! The reality of a long scream
+of terror! Greedo's music ceased. The lights wavered. Zee was gone.
+A scream from the audience; then another. A chaos of mingled cries.
+Clattering of feet. Stools overturned. . . . Someone fell against me. I
+went down, recovered and climbed upright. The audience was in a panic.
+I heard Martt shout, "Look, Frank! Look there over the water!"
+
+People were pushing me--surging to escape from the arcade. Shouting.
+Calling to one another. And the woman behind me was still screaming.
+
+I saw it then. Through the open side of the arcade, out a mile or
+more over the water, the great giant figure of a man was standing,
+waist-deep in the lake, his naked torso towering a hundred feet above
+it. A giant, wading in the lake, his face grotesque, malevolently
+grinning in the starlight!
+
+[Illustration: "The giant grinned malevolently in the starlight."]
+
+
+ VI
+
+The crowd within the arcade was in a wild panic of terror. I was pushed
+and shoved, knocked down by heedless, rushing figures. Everyone was
+trying to get outside. In a moment I was swept away. I could not get
+back to where I was sitting, or even tell where the spot had been.
+Martt and Frannie I could not see; the place was all a dim chaos of
+disheveled, panic-stricken figures. A moment before they had been so
+gay and jaunty! . . .
+
+A girl rushed past me. The veiling had been torn from her shoulders.
+Her eyes for an instant met mine, as she searched my face hoping to
+recognize in me the companion from whom she had been separated. Her
+dark eyes were wide, red-rimmed with fear. Her face, with all the
+beauty of youth gone from it, was chalk-white.
+
+She turned and rushed away from me. I thought again, "In the midst of
+life . . . why, this is horrible!" That giant off there--he could wade
+to the island in a few moments. . . .
+
+I fought my way out of the arcade, out under the trees by the edge
+of the lagoon. There was more room out there. In the starlight I
+could see figures rushing aimlessly away, scattering under the
+lantern-flowers . . . others hurriedly crowding the boats. One boat was
+overturned. I wondered vaguely if the struggling figures in the water
+would be drowned.
+
+Back near the wall of the arcade I saw a girl's figure running. It
+seemed familiar. Was it Frannie? I dashed after her. But people running
+in between us blocked me. I lost sight of her; saw her momentarily as
+she seemed to dart around the farther arcade corner. But when I got
+there, she was not in sight. Was it Frannie? Had she gone this way? Or
+into that door, back into the rear of the arcade?
+
+I stood in doubt. Then I saw Brett, running past me, out under the
+lantern-flowers some fifty feet away. His cloak was discarded; he was
+bare-headed. Brett in his marriage robe! Black and white, with golden
+tassels gayly dangling from the rolled skirt of his jacket. He was
+disheveled; as he ran, I saw him tear off the jacket impatiently and
+toss it away.
+
+"Brett! Oh, Brett!"
+
+He stopped; whirled toward me. "Frank! Where's Frannie--and Martt?"
+
+"I do not know," I said. "I lost them. That giant----"
+
+"The giant is wading the other way now." He pulled me past a thicket,
+and pointed. I could see the back of the giant's naked shoulders,
+towering up against the stars. He was going the other way--wading
+toward the far-distant opposite lake shore. And now against the
+island's banks, the waves the giant made were beginning to pound.
+
+Brett said: "I don't know where Leela is. I was in there with her--and
+with Zee. I rushed out when the alarm came--when I went back they were
+gone." He stood irresolute. "We must find them, Frank. And get back
+home." He drew a long breath. "It has come, you see, as I feared."
+
+"I thought I saw Frannie," I said. "Running--that way. But I'm not
+sure. I lost sight of her----"
+
+From behind the pavilion came a scream. The scream of a girl.
+Familiar. . . . The blood drained from Brett's face. "Leela!"
+
+And then I heard Frannie screaming from there also. We ran. The two
+girls were standing there clinging to each other. They seemed unharmed.
+But they were trembling, shuddering, arms gripping one another.
+
+"Leela! What is it?" Brett held her off, regarding her. "You're not
+hurt, are you? What is it?"
+
+We four seemed alone here beside the arcade. Lantern-flowers were over
+us; a thicket was near by. Frannie's arms were around me.
+
+"Frank--oh----" She choked; she seemed struggling to tell me something.
+
+I held her close. "You're not hurt, Frannie. Just frightened. What
+became of Martt?"
+
+Oh, horrible! What gruesome, horrible thing was this! Within my arms I
+could feel her sensibly shrinking! Her shoulders within my encircling
+arm, melting . . . palpably dwindling.
+
+Horrible! And there was a great cry from Brett. "Leela! My God,
+Leela----"
+
+At the horror of it, Brett and I stood dumbly staring; and again the
+girls clung together. They seemed dizzy; they swayed, almost fell, then
+steadied themselves.
+
+Visibly smaller now, like beautifully formed little children, clinging
+together, no taller than my waist.
+
+Dwindling!
+
+Then Frannie pointed to the thicket. Two small human figures stood
+there--a foot high, no more. A grinning gnomelike man, with black
+matted hair on his naked chest; and a woman--a woman thick and
+shapeless. A foot in height. But they were shrinking very fast. And
+beside them were four small animals with horns--grotesque like a dream
+mingling dog and horse and moose. The animals, too, were dwindling.
+
+Brett saw them; but neither he nor I made a move. At our feet Frannie
+and Leela, no higher than our ankles now, were gazing up at us, with
+tiny upraised arms, pleading.
+
+"Leela! Frannie!" We knelt by them. Then Brett in an agony of terror
+lifted Leela in his hand. "Leela! Don't--don't get any smaller!"
+
+Then he put her down. She ran, half fell the distance of my foot to
+reach Frannie. And I heard Frannie's tiny voice calling up to us in
+gasps, "We're going! He--that man there with the woman--caught us.
+Forced--down our throats--a drug. We--going----"
+
+Smaller than my finger. Then so small we knelt to see them. They were
+huddled against the side of a pebble. Then they seemed struggling
+toward the pebble. Behind it. Under it. Under its curve. . . .
+
+Brett cried, "Don't move, Frank! My God, we might trample on them!
+Don't move!"
+
+The figures in the thicket had vanished. By the pebble which Brett
+guarded so carefully I thought I saw Leela and Frannie. Saw a movement,
+as though an ant were there, hiding under the pebble.
+
+Then--they were not visible. We did not dare look too closely. They
+were gone! Still there within a foot of our straining eyes--but so
+immeasurably distant! Lost! Gone! Stolen into smallness!
+
+
+
+
+ _CHAPTER 3_
+
+ THE THING IN THE FOG
+
+
+Within the arcade, when the alarm had sounded, Martt leaped to his
+feet, dragging Frannie after him. He saw me knocked to the floor, but
+could not reach me. A press of panic-stricken people was sweeping him
+away, but he clung to Frannie. Then he saw me regain my feet; saw me
+looking around. But I did not see him; and though he shouted at me, in
+the noise and confusion his words were lost.
+
+Frannie gasped, "What is it? What's the matter, Martt? What is it?"
+
+Martt did not know. But he guessed, and his heart went cold with fear.
+"We must get outside, Frannie. Hold tight! This way--it's nearer! There
+goes Frank--we'll join him outside."
+
+Martt was forcing a way for them through the crowd. Frannie stumbled.
+Her hold on him was broken. She fell; and before he could reach her
+he was knocked backward by a running man. When he regained his feet a
+swift-moving group was between him and Frannie. He saw two girls stop
+and help her up; then discard her. Saw her turn, confused, and run
+into a space where the crowd was thinner. He was being shoved away from
+her.
+
+"Frannie! Wait! This way!"
+
+But she did not hear him. And then he could no longer see her; there
+were too many people in between. He struggled in that direction, then
+he thought he saw me, and turned momentarily the other way. . . .
+
+Martt found himself alone, outside the arcade. The crowd was thinner.
+Still he was not certain of the cause of all this panic. Then he saw
+the giant. Stood, and stared with tumultuously beating heart.
+
+A man bumped into him; for an instant he thought that it was Brett.
+Memory of Brett reminded him that Brett was probably within the arcade,
+back of the platform-stage. He saw an opening, there in the arcade
+wall; he thought it was a doorway, leading back of the stage. He
+started for it, ran headlong into a girl standing there, staring out
+over the water to where the giant now had faced about and was wading
+away.
+
+"Martt!"
+
+"You, Zee! Where's Brett? Where are Leela and your father?"
+
+She clung to him, her draperies drooping, her hair tumbling in great
+dark waves over her white shoulders as she shook her head.
+
+"I do not know. They were in there a moment ago. Frannie came in--she
+and Leela were at the other door. Martt--that giant----"
+
+"He's going away, Zee. Look! You see him turned about? Don't be
+frightened. We must find Brett. I don't know where Frank is--I lost
+him. There he is--isn't that Frank? Oh--Frank!"
+
+They ran toward a man's figure, passing along a distant line of trees.
+But when they caught up with it, the man was a stranger. Ahead of them,
+hidden by a thicket, voices were shouting. A rhythmic call. Martt and
+Zee listened; but Martt could not understand the shouted words.
+
+"What is it, Zee? Can you understand them?"
+
+"They're saying, 'The messenger from Reaf!' Some messenger from Reaf
+has come with news."
+
+"Come on. Let's go see what it is."
+
+He gripped her hand. They ran swiftly through the woods. They were
+already several hundred feet from the arcade. The lagoon was on
+its other side; ahead of them was a patch of woods, dark, for the
+lantern-flowers did not grow along here. And beyond the woods, the
+shore of the island where the shouting sounded.
+
+They ran. Soon Zee was ahead, leaping like a young chamois, her veils
+and hair flying.
+
+"Wait!" he called. "Not so fast!"
+
+She stopped abruptly. And Martt stopped. There was a pounding on the
+shore; waves rolling up, as though the peaceful lake were torn by a
+storm.
+
+"What's that, Zee?" But the shouting began again; and without
+answering, Zee started ahead.
+
+The starlit lake came into view. Like a distant, monstrous shadow, the
+retreating giant was visible against the stars. On the shore, white
+waves were rolling up. A boat was here, with its sail flapping. A wave
+caught it, turned it over.
+
+On the strand a group of people were standing with the man who had come
+in this boat from Reaf. Zee joined the group. In a moment she returned.
+
+"He says--the messenger says--that giants are in Reaf! The city is
+emptied--the people have scattered into the country. The road to
+Crescent is crowded with people coming here."
+
+"Giants! There--as well as here----"
+
+"Yes. They did not attack. There were two giants. They stood in the
+lake and laughed while the people fled from the city. Hundreds were
+killed in the rush to get out--hundreds were swept away into the
+subterranean rivers and the giants stood and laughed. The city is
+deserted, and the two giants are there now."
+
+Men were helping the messenger right his boat. The group on the shore
+scattered back over the island, calling, "Giants! Giants are in Reaf!"
+
+The messenger climbed into his boat, headed it out over the now calmer
+lake.
+
+Martt and Zee momentarily were alone. He stared at her. He was stunned,
+confused. Giants, everywhere. This thing that had been worrying Brett
+for so long had come. Death, everywhere.
+
+"Let's get back, Zee. We must find Brett."
+
+It seemed shorter along the shore--a turn of the island near by,
+into the lagoon, and thus back to the arcade. They started off,
+running again. It was deserted along here. Zee was leading. Suddenly
+she stopped in full flight, gripped Martt, drew him behind a huge,
+pot-bellied tree trunk which stood near the water's edge.
+
+"Zee, what----?"
+
+"There, over there."
+
+"Where? I don't see anything."
+
+She whispered insistently, "Over there--in that open space. Back from
+the shore."
+
+She was crouching, and he crouched beside her; followed her gesture
+with his gaze--and saw what she saw.
+
+Tiny moving figures on the ground. Four of them, small dark blobs
+against the white sand. They were about a hundred feet away from where
+Martt and Zee were crouching. They had come out of the woods evidently,
+and were crossing this patch of white sand, heading for the water.
+Martt blinked and rubbed his eyes, staring at them. They moved in tiny
+leaps, bounding soundlessly over the sand. Each of them a foot long
+perhaps. Strange in shape; animal or human, he could not say.
+
+"What are they, Zee?"
+
+But she did not answer. Her little body was shrinking against him; he
+could feel her shudder.
+
+The figures seemed long and thin, horizontal to the ground, with
+something sticking upright like a tower from the middle of them. Martt
+gasped. He had thought them four animals, with humps like upright
+towers. They were not. He saw them now as running dogs with horns, each
+with a tiny human figure on its back. And he gasped again. They were
+growing larger!
+
+They crossed the sand in bounds and momentarily stopped. Already they
+were fully half normal size. Four horned animals that might have been
+grotesque dogs, or horses. Saddled; and mounted upon them, a heavy-set,
+half-naked man; a strange, shapeless woman--and two girls!
+
+Normal size now! No, already they were larger! Growing rapidly larger!
+Frannie and Leela!
+
+Martt half started to his feet. He opened his mouth to shout
+impulsively, but Zee drew him back and silenced him. The four animals
+were taking to the water. Swimming with heads stretched out. Martt
+could see Frannie and Leela bending forward, each clutching the horn of
+her mount. In single file the animals swam swiftly out into the starlit
+lake. They did not seem to be growing any further. Twice normal size
+perhaps. Soon they were four dark blobs on the shining water. Visually
+seeming smaller by distance. V-shaped lines of silver phosphorescence
+streamed out in the water behind them with their swift forward
+progress.
+
+And presently they were vanished.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+Martt and Zee stood up. They could not explain it. They tried to, but
+could not. But the main facts were clear. That had been a man and
+woman giant, and four of their animals. They had captured Frannie and
+Leela. Had made the girls and the animals change size like themselves.
+They had all, just now, been very small in size. To escape observation
+coming across the island to its shore, Martt concluded.
+
+He said, "We must get to Brett--tell him about this. And then--go after
+them----"
+
+Again they started running along the shore, intending to turn at the
+lagoon-mouth for the arcade. Martt's thoughts flew swift as his legs.
+Leela and Frannie captured . . . they must be rescued . . . then all
+of them would get into the vehicle and go to Earth--get out of this
+danger. . . .
+
+Zee was saying, "That is Reaf, off that way where they went."
+
+The wading giant had also gone that way. The messenger had said that
+Reaf was deserted, that giants were there. Evidently Reaf was the place
+at which these giants first appeared. Evidently it was the point of
+entrance and departure for them into and out of this realm. Leela and
+Frannie were being taken to Reaf. . . .
+
+Martt's heart leaped. An idea was forming in his mind. A plan--a mad,
+reckless plan. But it seemed possible of success. . . . He thought of
+the vehicle. It would be of no use against these giants. It was too
+unwieldy. Besides, shut up in it one could not attack. And when they
+stopped it to disembark, the giants would overwhelm it. Or, if at the
+moment it was too gigantic for them, then they would escape before
+the occupants of the vehicle could get out to stop them. . . . And
+besides, the vehicle was too precious--no chances like that should be
+taken with it.
+
+Martt told himself that he must get Brett to hide the vehicle. Guard it
+somehow. . . .
+
+A mad idea, this plan he was pondering. . . . They came to the
+lagoon-mouth; and here, to crystallize Martt's plan, to make it seem
+feasible--here lay a small sailboat, deserted by its owner. It lay,
+half pulled up on the sand, around the bend of the lagoon.
+
+"Zee! Stop! Wait! I want to talk to you."
+
+Zee had been bounding ahead of him. She stopped, waited, faced him. He
+was breathless.
+
+"That sailboat," he said. "It's one of the fast kind, isn't it?"
+
+"Yes." She regarded it. "Yes. Very fast."
+
+It was no more than a shell. A flat, spoon-shaped affair, with a small
+cockpit just large enough for two; and it had a very tall, flexible
+mast, and an overlarge crescent sail. The sail was flapping. Out on the
+lake the wind had risen. It was blowing directly toward Reaf.
+
+"Zee, listen--could you sail that boat?"
+
+"Oh, yes."
+
+"You could handle it in that wind out there?"
+
+"Yes. Of course."
+
+"And it would go--how fast, Zee?"
+
+"You mean--to Reaf?" She was as excited as he.
+
+"Yes. To Reaf. We could get there. Go after them. Cautiously. We could
+hide before we got there. I've a plan----"
+
+"How long to Reaf?" She pondered. "Three--what you call hours. We go
+fast in a wind like that."
+
+"Yes. That's it. Fast. Three hours. Zee, listen. Reaf must be where
+the giants go to leave for their own world. They're taking Frannie
+and Leela there. You see? And if we can get there--get into Reaf"--he
+gestured--"Zee, if they--those giants are very big, then we to them are
+small. Tiny. And it's quite dark. It would be dark in the caverns near
+Reaf--the houses there near the subterranean rivers. We would be so
+small the giants might not see us."
+
+He drew a long breath. "My plan, Zee, is to get in there, hide, and
+find a giant from whom we can steal the drugs. With the drugs----"
+
+She was trembling with excitement. No fear now. Reckless as only youth
+can be. "Oh Martt, if we could get the drugs! Brett said the giants
+must be using drugs. And make ourselves larger than the giants----"
+
+"Yes. Then I can fight them. Rescue Leela and Frannie. We've got to do
+it. Bring Leela and Frannie safely back. We'll say, 'Here they are,
+Brett.' But if we wait, if we stop now it will be too late."
+
+Before Martt's eyes was the vision of himself and Zee returning
+victoriously with the rescued girls. And with the drugs in his
+possession. There would be no danger then. The giants, knowing the
+drugs were stolen, would not dare remain. . . . They would all escape
+up into their own world. . . .
+
+"Will you do it, Zee? Shall we go?"
+
+"Yes."
+
+Martt thought of his flash-cylinder. "I wish I had it, Zee."
+
+"Where is it?"
+
+"In the vehicle. But we have no time to get it."
+
+"I think it would not be of much use."
+
+"No. I don't think so either. But all I've got is this." He displayed a
+knife whose blade, as long as his hand, slid back into its handle for a
+sheath.
+
+"Good," she said. He replaced the knife. They climbed into the boat.
+Martt shoved it off.
+
+In a moment they were beyond the quiet lagoon, heading out into the
+starlit lake, with the lights of the island fading behind them.
+
+
+II
+
+The wind was strong when they were beyond the island. The sail bellied
+out in front of them like a great crescent dish; the spoon-shaped boat,
+barely skimming the surface of the water, rode high on a white wave
+beneath it. Zee lay on her side, upraised upon an elbow with her hand
+on the knife-blade rudder that trailed the water behind them. Beside
+her, hunched with arms wrapping his upraised knees, Martt sat and
+peered ahead under the sail.
+
+The lake was dim in the starlight; its concavity rose to the horizon.
+It seemed empty ahead. No boats. The wading giant had vanished; the
+swimming figures were gone.
+
+As they sailed with the wind, the night seemed windless and calm, save
+that the lake boiled under them, swiftly passing. Martt was in no mood
+to talk. Zee, too, was silent, engrossed with her task of guiding the
+boat.
+
+Occasionally, with a surreptitious, sidelong glance, Martt regarded her
+intent little face, earnest and solemn. Long, dark lashes, tendrils of
+dark hair around the slim white column of her throat; her outstretched
+limbs revealed by the stirring draperies. . . . A lock of her hair flew
+across his cheek. He touched it, cast it away.
+
+"Zee?"
+
+"Yes, Martt?"
+
+"I was thinking--you dance very beautifully."
+
+She turned to him, and smiled; a whimsical smile, and her eyes were
+dark woodland dells of fairyland. "Father does not think so. A peddler
+of movement--violent, tempestuous movement! Do you think that, Martt?"
+
+"No," he assured her. "Of course I don't." As she turned back to her
+steering, his fingers furtively caught a hem of her robe and held it.
+
+There was a long silence. Then he said, as though there had been no
+silence, "Of course I don't. I think you dance beautifully." And he
+added, "It made me----" His tongue was about to say, "It made me love
+you," but his beating heart smothered the words. He amended, "It made
+me think that your father was very wrong to say that. And about Leela,
+too."
+
+At the mention of Leela he saw a shadow cross Zee's face. He tensed
+himself; set his jaw grimly. This was no time for thoughts of love.
+Leela, and his sister Frannie, were captured by giants. There was work,
+danger for him and for Zee, up ahead in this starlit night. He would
+need all his wits, all his resourcefulness. . . .
+
+He remembered the one visit he had formerly made to Reaf; tried to
+recall how the city lay. Tried to plan what he and Zee would do, now
+when they got there.
+
+He said, "Zee, the rivers at Reaf that plunge into the mountains--no
+one has been in them very far?"
+
+"No," she said.
+
+"Can you walk along their banks, inside, under the mountains?"
+
+She nodded. "In some places there are narrow ledges beside the water.
+But how far--no one knows."
+
+"And in other places--near Reaf, I mean--there are tunnels?
+Passageways?"
+
+"Yes. Back into the caves and beyond."
+
+"I think," he said, "that back through there is the way to the giants'
+huge outer world. They've come down, and through the ground behind the
+mountains. Do you suppose they'll take Leela and Frannie up to their
+own realm? Or keep them in Reaf?"
+
+"I think--we do not know anything about it," she said.
+
+He smiled grimly. "You're right, we don't. Why the giants should come
+here at all I don't know. But we're going to know more about it before
+we get through with them, Zee. What I'm hoping is that we might find
+one of them alone. We've got to get the drugs away from them somehow.
+We've got to."
+
+Martt remembered once arguing with Brett about the giants. Brett
+had thought that they used some drug--two drugs--one to shrink
+proportionately each of their body cells, and the other similarly to
+increase the size of the cells. Drugs of the kind had already been
+sought for on Earth. Nitrogen was the basis for growth. And the new
+element, Parogen, had been found to cause a shrinkage. In Mars they had
+developed such drugs further--but they were still impractical for human
+use.
+
+These giants evidently had something of the kind. And it must be
+radio-active--it must cause a radiation affecting vegetable or animal
+matter in near proximity to the changing body. The garments of the
+giants expanded and contracted with their bodies. But Brett had said
+that a weapon in your hand--particularly one of mineral--would not
+change size. . . . The thought was to some slight degree, at least,
+comforting to Martt; the giants would be unarmed.
+
+Zee's voice broke in on his thoughts. "Look, there are the mountains
+behind Reaf."
+
+Over the lake, ahead of them the distant horizon was a haze of
+phosphorescence. But to the left a line of shore had become visible;
+and now Martt saw up ahead the vague, dark outlines of the mountains.
+Sharp, jagged peaks, tinged with a green-white.
+
+Another hour. The shore to the left was nearer. Undulating land along
+the lake. A ribbon of road along the water . . . Martt thought he could
+see blobs moving along it. Away from Reaf, moving toward Crescent.
+
+"The refugees from Reaf," said Zee. "The messenger said all the roads
+were crowded."
+
+Another half-hour. Ahead the mountains frowned, rising sheer from
+the water. The lake was more shallow here; they began passing flat,
+muddy islands, with river channels flowing between them as in a delta.
+A blur there, at the foot of the mountains, was Reaf. The silver
+phosphorescence of the lake was darkening; the water looked muddy,
+turgid. In a narrow channel between two islands, Martt noticed a quite
+visible current flowing toward Reaf. It rippled the water as it passed
+over a bar which Zee skilfully avoided.
+
+There were other islands, with water bubbling up from them, and clouds
+of steam rising. Zee trailed her hand overboard.
+
+"We are in the warm water now. Feel it, Martt."
+
+The lake water, fed by boiling springs from all this region, was
+noticeably warmer. And every moment the current toward Reaf was
+becoming stronger. Martt knew that all this part of the lake converged
+to the mouths of the subterranean rivers at Reaf; converged and plunged
+under the ground.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+The city of Reaf was now in sight. It spread sidewise over an area of
+a mile or two. The houses were perched on stilts, like flat, awkward,
+long-legged birds squatting in the water.
+
+During all this time Martt and Zee had been watching closely for any
+sign of giants. There were none in sight--nothing that seemed alive
+over this turgid water, the disconsolate group of houses, the sheer
+cliffs with the sullen mountains above them. Two yawning black openings
+showed where the rivers entered. . . .
+
+A deserted city, its inhabitants fled. Some had been drowned, the
+messenger said. There would be no floating bodies; the current would
+have sucked them all into those yawning black mouths. . . . A deserted
+city. But somewhere in there among the houses, giants might be
+lurking. . . .
+
+Martt said abruptly, "We'd better get the sail down. They can see it
+too easily." They were still some two miles from the outskirts of the
+city. But no more than half a mile from the nearer shore. It swung past
+them to the left; perpendicular black cliffs rising from the water with
+a narrow rocky strip along the bottom against which the water sucked.
+
+Zee helped Martt lower the sail. There were poles aboard; the lake here
+was no more than five feet deep. They could pole the boat ashore. Walk
+unobserved toward the nearer river-mouth. Into the city, to hide among
+its buildings.
+
+With a thrill of apprehension Martt realized that they might already
+have been seen. But he thought it unlikely. From the hot water, vapor
+was rising in a fog. It hung like a white shroud over Reaf. Once in it,
+surrounded by the fog, they would be comparatively safe.
+
+"Zee, can you swim?"
+
+"Oh, yes," she said. "But Martt, if you get in the water, be very
+careful of the rivers."
+
+Silently they poled the boat to shore. Drew it up from the current,
+left it on a shelving rock ledge. The strip here was some ten feet
+wide; the hot, black lake in front, sluggishly surging toward Reaf;
+and above them the smooth cliff-face.
+
+The wind had turned--a swirling current turned by the mountains. The
+fog from Reaf came rolling down upon them. It grew dark; the stars were
+obscured. In the humid steam they could see no more than twenty feet.
+
+"Good," said Martt. "This is what we want." He spoke in a half-whisper;
+stoutly, but his heart was beating fast. He drew his knife and opened
+its blade. "Come on, Zee. And listen, you keep close to me. Whatever
+happens, we must keep together. And if you see anything--or hear
+anything--don't speak. Just touch my arm."
+
+ * * * * *
+
+They started, creeping silently along the rocks in the fog. It seemed
+miles. The water was hot beside them. The fog, like a gray curtain,
+opened reluctantly before their advance. Presently the ghostly outlines
+of houses were visible, a group of them clinging forlornly together
+near the shore. Wooden platforms like balconies connected them. A
+bridge came over and down to the rocks.
+
+Then other buildings. A large one of two stories, backed against the
+cliff-face. Martt and Zee went under it, groping in the blackness among
+its piling. The close, heavy air smelt of fish.
+
+They came out to find that the rocky shore had ended. A narrow incline
+walk led out and up over the water to another group of ghostly
+buildings. They were some thirty feet away, standing on stilts some ten
+feet high. In the gray darkness of the fog their shadowy outlines were
+barely visible.
+
+Martt stopped. "Zee," he whispered, "how far are we from the nearest
+river-mouth?"
+
+"Not far," she said. "Listen."
+
+In the silence he heard the rush of water. As he stood there, suddenly
+this whole adventure seemed impractical. There were no giants here.
+They had all gone on, up into largeness unfathomable, taking Leela
+and Frannie with them. How could he follow? Even if he dared plunge
+under the mountains, he could never reach that outer realm. It was
+gigantic--compared to his present size it might be a million miles away.
+
+Or, if there were giants still lurking here in Reaf, of what use to
+seek them out and be killed by them?
+
+For an instant Martt hopelessly considered turning back. But he never
+reached the decision; Zee's fingers gripped his arm--cold, shuddering
+fingers. He stared, as he saw her staring, and within him his blood
+seemed to stop its flow.
+
+Something was coming down the narrow incline bridge at the foot of
+which Martt and Zee were standing frozen, transfixed with horror.
+Something . . . in all the dark murk of fog Martt could not make it
+out. An animal? It seemed oblong, the size of a large dog. He could see
+its moving legs--eight or ten legs, moving as it walked. He felt Zee
+stir beside him; he withstood his impulse to run. That would make too
+much noise; the thing would bound after them--catch them. . . .
+
+There was a rotting post beside Zee. She and Martt crouched there and
+watched with a horrified fascination the thing as it came padding down
+the incline. It was vaguely green-white; it seemed luminous. As it
+approached, Martt saw it was a sleek body, moving lithe like a panther.
+A green-white thing. And then he saw that it was headless. A blunt end,
+with a gaping, dripping mouth and a shining green eye on a protruding
+stalk. It stopped, turned the eye to look upward and back.
+
+Martt's breath was stopped. In the silence he seemed to hear his own
+tumultuously beating heart, and Zee's. The thing was coming on again.
+Now Martt could hear sounds from it. A whining; a babbling. And from
+the houses, up there at the end of the incline, came another sound. A
+great, heavy breathing. A giant was up there asleep! This thing--like
+nothing of Zee's world--belonged to the giants! Martt's heart, for all
+his horror, leaped with exultation. A giant, asleep! A giant smaller in
+size now, if he were up in those houses. He would have the drugs; they
+could steal the drugs from him while he slept.
+
+The thing on the incline was quite close. It glowed with its own light,
+greenly phosphorescent, like the ghost of something in a dream, leprous
+with its missing head.
+
+Another moment. It was passing close beside Martt. A luminous liquid
+dripping from the gaping slit of its mouth. Its eye on the stalk peered
+ahead. Its voice was clearly audible. A whine; and babbling sounds like
+words.
+
+Revulsion, even more than fear, swept Martt. This thing was muttering
+words! Animal, or human--it was talking, babbling to itself. Strange
+words of an unknown tongue--but human words. Babbling them as though
+with reason unhinged. Gruesome! This leprous thing--leprous of body;
+and leprous of mind!
+
+It passed within an arm's length of Martt as he crouched. And suddenly,
+without conscious thought, he struck at it with his naked knife.
+Horrible! The knife sank, but the thing was scarce ponderable! Martt's
+hand with the knife went down and through the luminous green body, with
+a feeling of warmth and a wet stickiness, but no more.
+
+The force of the blow, unresisted, threw Martt off his balance. He
+fell forward, but still clutched the knife. The thing, with a sharp,
+horrible cry of pain, lurched backward. Then stood with its eye
+quivering, poised for its attack.
+
+
+
+
+ _CHAPTER 4_
+
+ THE WILD NIGHT RIDE
+
+
+Frannie forced her way out of the crowded arcade, with its struggling,
+panic-stricken occupants. She was confused, terrified. Separated from
+me, and then from Martt, her only idea was to find us again; or find
+Brett. Outside the arcade she turned aimlessly to where the crowd
+momentarily was least dense. Panic-stricken people--all strangers. Then
+she saw Leela in the shadow of a doorway of the arcade, and ran to her.
+
+"Leela! What is it? What has happened?"
+
+People around them were shouting. Leela said, "Giants. There is a
+giant off there in the lake. I was looking for Brett. He came out
+here. Oh, Frannie----"
+
+The two girls clung to each other. It was dark where they stood. At
+the moment the crowd had surged the other way. Suddenly Frannie became
+aware of a dark form looming beside her. A man twice the size of
+herself. She tried to scream, but a great palm went over her face. She
+felt herself being jerked from her feet. . . .
+
+She half fainted; recovered to find herself in a thicket within a few
+feet of the arcade. Leela was beside her. Leela panted, "Don't scream,
+Frannie! They'll--kill us if we scream!"
+
+The man was with them, and a thick-set lump of a woman. Not so large
+now. Almost normal in size, for they were dwindling. The man was naked
+to the waist, a gray-white, barrel-like chest matted with hair. A face,
+fearsome with menacing eyes, and a head of matted black locks.
+
+And in the thicket were four horned animals; saddled, like large horses
+with spreading antlers. The animals were dwindling. . . .
+
+The man rasped a command at Leela. From his belt he drew small pellets,
+white like tiny pills of medicine. He thrust one at Leela, forced it
+down her throat. Leela gasped, "You must take it, Frannie. He says--it
+is harmless--but if we resist--he will kill."
+
+Then the man thrust his fingers into Frannie's mouth, his arm holding
+her roughly. She gulped, swallowed. It was an acrid taste. . . .
+
+The man pushed her roughly from the thicket. And pushed Leela. His
+triumphant laugh was the rasp of a file on metal. Leela and Frannie
+stumbled to the wall of the arcade, stood clinging together. And
+suddenly, with the realization of what was upon her, Leela screamed.
+And Frannie screamed, though she did not yet understand.
+
+A wave of nausea possessed Frannie. Her head was reeling. Voices
+sounded near by--familiar men's voices. My voice, and Brett's! We came
+running at the sound of the screams.
+
+Frannie held tight to the swaying Leela as Brett and I rushed up. And
+I took Frannie in my arms. Brett was demanding, "Leela, what is it?
+You're not hurt, are you? What is it?"
+
+Frannie wanted to try and tell me. "Frank--oh----" She choked; her
+throat was constricted.
+
+And then Frannie really knew! Within my arms she felt herself
+shrinking! Growing smaller; but it was not so much that; rather was it
+that my encircling arm was expanding, holding her more loosely.
+
+With the horror of it, Brett and I stood apart. Frannie's nausea was
+passing; her head was steadier, but dizzy with the strange movement of
+the scene around her. She clung to Leela, and, of everything within her
+vision, only Leela was unchanging. The wall of the arcade was slowly
+passing upward; its nearer corner was moving slowly away; Brett and
+I were growing. Our waists reaching to Frannie's head; and then our
+knees. She gazed upward to where, fifteen or twenty feet above her, our
+horrified faces stared down.
+
+The mind always takes its personal viewpoint. Frannie and Leela were
+dwindling into smallness. But now that the nausea and dizziness
+were past, to them, they alone were normal. Everything else seemed
+changing . . . the whole scene, growing gigantic. . . .
+
+It was a slow, crawling growth--a steady, visible movement. The ground
+beneath their feet was a fine white sand. To Frannie's sight this patch
+of sand had originally been some ten feet, with the arcade wall on one
+side, and a thicket on the other. But the ground was shifting outward
+with herself as a center. Under her bare feet she could feel its steady
+movement--drawing outward, shifting so that her feet were drawn apart.
+She had to move them constantly.
+
+Beside her now she saw my foot and ankle as large as herself; the
+towering shafts of my legs--my face a hundred feet or more above her.
+The arcade wall stretched up almost out of sight--lantern-flowers
+loomed up there like great colored suns. . . . The thicket was a
+hundred feet away--a tangle of jungle.
+
+Then Frannie saw the giant Brett reach down and pick Leela up on his
+hand--saw Leela whirled gasping into the air. A moment, then Brett set
+her gently back on the ground. She was some twenty feet from Frannie.
+She ran, half stumbled across the rough white ground until again the
+girls were together.
+
+The arch of my sandaled foot was now as tall as Frannie. The arcade
+wall was very distant; the thicket was a blur in the distance. That
+small patch of white sand had unrolled to a great stony plain. Rough;
+yellow-white stones strewn everywhere. Frannie saw my feet and
+Brett's--as large as the arcade once had been--moving away with great
+surging bounds up into the air and back. A boulder was near by--a rock
+as tall as Frannie. It was visibly growing. She gripped Leela--together
+they crept to the boulder's side, huddled there.
+
+But they could not remain still. The boulder was expanding. It towered
+over them; but it was drawing away as well, for the ground was
+expanding. Constantly they shifted their position to remain close to
+it, to huddle under its protecting curve. It had been a rock taller
+than their heads; it was now a mountain. It loomed above them--a
+bulging cliff-face of naked, ragged rock.
+
+Then it was no longer moving. Everything now had steadied; the ground
+was motionless. A normality came to Leela and Frannie. Their terror
+faded into apprehension, and a desire, a determination to do what they
+could to help themselves. They stood up and looked around them.
+
+
+ II
+
+They were in the midst of a vast, rock-strewn plain, illumined by a
+half twilight. It seemed miles in extent--a rolling country of naked
+rock over which, for a sky, hung a remote murk of distance. A naked
+landscape, rolling upward to a circular horizon, with the circular
+mountain of rock standing beside them at its center.
+
+Leela now seemed quite calm. She said, "We are not unfathomably small.
+Too small for Brett to see us, but not if he gets a glass to magnify.
+He will mark the spot where we are--he will do something, Frannie--we
+must not be too much frightened."
+
+There seemed nothing that they could do to help themselves. No use to
+wander; though no great harm either, for they could roam for miles over
+this rocky waste to cover no more than a foot or two of the white sand
+Brett would be guarding.
+
+To Frannie's imagination came the thought of insects! A crawling ant in
+that white sand would now be a monster gigantic! She gazed around in
+terror, but there was nothing of the kind in sight.
+
+A desolate landscape, empty of movement. Frannie's heart leaped. In the
+distance something was moving! She gripped Leela.
+
+"There's something out there--something moving out there!"
+
+Tiny moving specks. Too terrified to run, the girls stood staring.
+A mile or two away, specks were moving across the rocky plain. They
+seemed coming nearer. They separated into four specks. Four gray
+blobs, coming swiftly forward.
+
+In a few moments they were distinguishable. Four running animals,
+bounding, leaping over the rocks. Animals with horns. Two of them
+running free; two with riders.
+
+Leela gasped, "That's the giant! And the woman! They're coming to find
+us!"
+
+For a moment the two girls stood transfixed, heedless that they would
+be discovered. To Frannie came the thought: The giant, the woman and
+the four animals had been dwindling. They had stood in the thicket,
+hiding from Brett. They were coming from the thicket now, riding over
+the vast rocky plain headlong to regain their captives. Brett could not
+see them; they were too small. Brett was probably standing a few feet
+from here on the sand--afraid to come closer for fear of treading upon
+the girls; and those few feet were miles away across this naked desert.
+
+The four animals came leaping forward. They ran low to the ground,
+necks extended like huge dogs on a trail. Already they were no more
+than half a mile away. The figures of the riding man and woman showed
+plainly. They all seemed about normal size as compared to Frannie and
+Leela.
+
+Abruptly Frannie recovered her wits. "We must hide! They must not find
+us!"
+
+They hid, out of sight around a corner of the lower rock-face of the
+mountain; crouched, waiting with wildly beating hearts.
+
+But it was useless. Either they had been seen or the animals scented
+them. Soon they heard the man calling his mount. No noise of galloping
+hoofs, for the beasts ran lightly on padded feet. A moment, then the
+animals burst into view around the jutting rock; bounded up and stopped
+before the crouching girls.
+
+The man dismounted. His grin was a leer of triumph. He spoke to
+Leela--a harsh, guttural command in her own language, as he had spoken
+before when he forced the drug upon her.
+
+Leela dragged herself to her feet, and Frannie after her. The man spoke
+again. Less harshly this time, and at greater length. He gestured at
+Frannie.
+
+Leela said, with a quiver in her voice that she tried to hold to
+calmness, "He tells me that his name is Rokk. This woman here is his
+mate--he calls her Mobah. He says they come from a very big world--down
+here to our world of infinite smallness. Oh, Frannie, what can we do?
+He says they are going to take us with them, up there to that Giant
+World."
+
+Frannie, too, strove for calmness. "Ask him--why? What harm have we
+done to him? Tell him--we don't want to go----"
+
+Leela turned to this man who had called himself Rokk. Then she appealed
+to the woman--but the woman stared dumbly and turned away.
+
+"Frannie--he says we will learn later what he wants. He says--we will
+not be harmed if we cause no trouble. We are going--he says he is going
+to take us----"
+
+"Which way?" Frannie interrupted.
+
+"I don't know. I suppose to Reaf."
+
+"Ask him."
+
+Leela asked him. "Yes, by way of Reaf. He says we will mount the
+animals--he calls them dhranes. They run very swiftly--as Brett
+describes your wolves of the northern ice-fields of your Earth."
+
+Frannie demanded, "He says we go to Reaf?"
+
+"Yes. We will cross the island--out the lagoon--riding the dhranes as
+they swim."
+
+Memory of the island--the arcade--the lagoon and the lake came to
+Frannie. The island! It seemed so remote, so gigantic. This vast rocky
+waste surrounding them now was only a small patch of white sand beside
+the arcade wall.
+
+She said swiftly, "Leela, ask him how we can ever do that when we are
+so small? Why, it must be hundreds of miles--for us in this size--just
+to reach the shore of the island."
+
+"I told him that. He said, 'Of course.' He said he has been riding from
+the thicket ever since he got small enough to avoid Brett's sight.
+While they were still diminishing they were riding. He was afraid Brett
+would see them--but he had to take that chance."
+
+"I mean," said Frannie breathlessly, "tell him we must get larger. It
+is too far in this small size. Tell him you know the island and the
+lake well--we will help him escape----"
+
+Leela nodded eagerly. "So that if we get large, Brett may see us?"
+
+"Yes. Try and get him to make us large at once--now. Tell him we'll
+help him----"
+
+Rokk grinned sardonically at Leela's words. Leela turned to Frannie in
+chagrin.
+
+"He says he will do as he thinks best--and we will do as we are told."
+
+Rokk added another command. Leela said, "We must mount the dhranes,
+Frannie. I think we had better do as he says--and not talk. Can you
+ride a saddle like that?"
+
+From Frannie's viewpoint, the dhranes were now about the size of
+small horses--four-legged, long-haired, shaggy beasts with crooked,
+wide-spreading antlers. They moved as though on springs. Frannie was
+reminded by their movements of giant leopards she had seen in cages on
+Earth. But they seemed gentle, docile enough. The saddles were oblong,
+padded with fur, with a high and a low foot-rail, both upon the same
+side, on which the rider's feet could rest.
+
+"I can ride that," said Frannie; and nimbly mounted. There was no
+bridle; Frannie leaned forward and clutched the antlers. Leela mounted.
+Rokk moved his dhrane about by spoken words, and by slapping its
+haunches with his hands.
+
+Leela said, "He is going to give us some of the drug, Frannie. Some
+now--to make us larger. But before we are very large he says we will
+be beyond the arcade, in the woods where Brett can not see us. We will
+ride very fast----"
+
+The animals lapped their drug eagerly. The man and woman took theirs,
+with Leela and Frannie. To Frannie again came a moment of nausea--a
+reeling of the senses. But it was quickly passed.
+
+Rokk shouted. Frannie tensed herself. The dhrane under her bounded
+forward. The ride began.
+
+
+ III
+
+At first Frannie clung tensely to the antlers; but soon she found it
+was not necessary to do so. The dhrane ran with long, smooth bounds;
+sure-footed on the rocks as a chamois, noiseless, lithe as a great cat.
+It ran, with head extended, low to the ground; beneath her, Frannie
+could feel the play of its smooth muscles, rippling under its shaggy
+skin.
+
+The woman Mobah rode her dhrane behind Frannie. Leela was directly
+ahead, with Rokk leading. In single file they bounded forward. Leela's
+black hair and draperies flew in the wind. She rode, bending forward,
+her body loosely responsive to the animal's bounds.
+
+The wind of their forward movement sang in Frannie's ears. The ground
+fled by under her with a blur of yellow movement. And all around her
+was the murky night, rushing at her, passing, and closing in behind.
+
+A wild, night ride like the fairy dream of a child. Wild, and
+free . . . a fairy dream. . . .
+
+An exaltation was upon Frannie; she urged her mount to greater speed.
+And thought of the drug she had taken. . . .
+
+The drug was acting. The rushing night seemed shrinking. Everywhere
+the murk was contracting. The ground was smoothing and turning from
+its yellow to white. Overhead a remote--very remote--spot of red light
+shone like a dying sun in the heavens. A lantern-flower! Frannie's
+heart leaped with triumph. They were growing larger. . . .
+
+She heard Rokk shout to his dhrane; felt her own mount stretch
+closer to the ground as the speed was increasing. The rushing night
+contracting . . . they seemed riding up . . . and up . . . the ground,
+the night was shrinking under them. . . .
+
+A wild, night ride up through a fairy's dream . . . it seemed endless.
+Wildly free, with the exaltation of a child's fancy upon it. . . .
+
+Frannie became aware that the vast rocky plain was shrunken to a
+smoother level. And ahead now, she saw a great forest, with colored
+suns about it. Soon they were in the forest. A jungle. Flat, orange
+stalks of grass twenty feet high. The dhranes bounded through them.
+Shaggy outlines of tree trunks, each vast as a mountain. They rose into
+unfathomable murky distance overhead. But these were all dwindling. The
+giant jungle was shrinking . . . passing slowly, but ever faster.
+
+A fantasy . . . the dream of a child. . . .
+
+Rokk called again. Their pace slackened. Frannie saw an open space
+ahead. Coarse white sand--a patch of it half a mile in extent. Beyond
+it a broad beach. Water shining off there. The lake, with stars above
+it.
+
+The dhranes ran more slowly. The white open space shrank as they
+traversed it. The beach rushed at them. It had narrowed. Frannie saw
+it as almost of normal aspect--the narrow shore of the island. The lake
+was starlit--beautiful.
+
+Rokk paused a moment at the water's edge. Frannie gazed around.
+The woods were behind them. A large, dark tree-trunk was near by
+on the shore. Frannie gazed that way idly; and though she did not
+know it, Martt and Zee were crouching there, staring with a confused
+fascination. A moment. The shore shrunk further; the water had advanced
+to lap the stamping, impatient feet of the dhranes. Rokk spoke softly.
+His dhrane waded in, with the others following.
+
+Frannie again gripped her beast's horns. The water rose almost to the
+saddle. It was warm and pleasant. The dhrane swam smoothly, swiftly,
+with neck stretched out, nose skimming the surface.
+
+A dwindling silver lake. Ripples of silver-green phosphorescence; lines
+of silver fire diverging behind the swimming animals. . . .
+
+Frannie turned to gaze at the receding island. An island already
+shrunken, dotted with shrinking colored lights. And ahead, the empty
+starlit lake.
+
+
+ IV
+
+Riding over the land, it had been a breathless whistling of wind, a
+swift surging of the ground beneath Frannie's feet. Here in the lake it
+was quiet and calm; the warm lapping of the silver-streaked water; the
+quiet stars overhead. Frannie heard Rokk talking back over his shoulder
+to Leela, and then Leela drew in her mount and spoke to Frannie.
+
+"He says the giants have all gone back through Reaf to their own world.
+One was wading out here toward Reaf. He was very large then; he is to
+stay in Reaf on guard, while we go on. He is there now--it is not far."
+
+"How big are we, Leela? Did he say?" There was no way, here in the
+lake, by which size could be compared. The exaltation of the ride--its
+swift, tempestuous movement--the wild, romantic fantasy of it--all this
+was leaving Frannie. A depression was upon her. She added, "Oh, Leela,
+Brett did not see us! And Frank--will we ever see them again?"
+
+Leela said, "We are about twice normal size--it will not be far to
+Reaf, swimming like this." In the starlight, Frannie could see that
+Leela was smiling; a wistful, heavy-hearted smile. She was trying to be
+brave. And Frannie smiled back.
+
+"We mustn't get frightened, Leela. Just watch our chance--try to
+escape. You stay by me all you can. I mean--when we get"--there was a
+catch in her voice--"when we get--under the mountains beyond Reaf."
+
+Leela nodded. Rokk was calling, and Leela urged her dhrane forward.
+
+Soon the left-hand shore and the mountains ahead were visible. The
+water grew warmer. Small islands appeared. The dhranes panted with the
+heat of the water; in the muddy channels between the islands, sometimes
+they floundered. Steam was in the air; ahead it lay like a bank of fog,
+with the frowning mountains rising above it.
+
+Presently, through the fog, the houses of Reaf came into view. Small
+ghostly outlines of houses on stilts. To the right of them was a
+yawning black mouth where one of the rivers plunged into the mountain.
+The turgid current was swinging that way; Rokk urged the dhrane across
+it, to the left.
+
+Soon they were swimming among the houses. These seemed very small.
+Frannie reached up from the dhrane's back and laid her hand on the
+roof of one as she passed it. Rokk was heading inshore. The mountain
+here was a frowning cliff-face, with a very narrow ledge at the water
+level. The ledge ended in a wooden incline bridge leading upward to a
+group of buildings near shore. Six or eight small houses with doors
+and rectangles of windows, clustered there together, perched on stiff
+wooden legs over the water. The incline bridge connected them with the
+shore, and they were strung together by a broad wooden platform.
+
+Rokk shouted, and from behind the buildings a giant appeared. He had
+been sitting in the water. He stood up, with mud and slime dripping
+from him. A man, like Rokk, but younger. His hair was sleek and black,
+and fell long to his bared chest, across which a skin was draped. His
+face was broad and flat, and hairless. He stood with the water to his
+knees, beside the buildings with his arm arched over their roofs as he
+leaned against them.
+
+He smiled. He called, "_Ae_, Rokk!" And Rokk answered, "_Ae_, Degg."
+
+They spoke together. Then they spoke in Leela's language. Leela
+murmured to Frannie, "This man Degg is to remain here until we are
+safely above."
+
+Rokk issued his commands. Degg sat down again in the water, waist-deep,
+with his arms holding his hunched-up knees. He yawned and waved his
+hand as Rokk swam his dhrane away.
+
+Again in single file, they swam. As they passed the buildings Frannie
+chanced to glance up. On the porch-like platform up there she caught
+a glimpse of a green-white shape--a thing stretched out somnolent--a
+thing, headless!
+
+It was only a glimpse. Frannie's swimming dhrane carried her beyond
+sight of it. . . . She was shuddering.
+
+The water now was unpleasantly hot. The current was strong. It was
+beginning to ripple the water. Ugly, white ripples . . . sinister.
+
+The dhranes swam with the moving water. But they tossed their heads,
+uneasy. . . . Rokk was continually shouting, forcing his mount forward.
+
+There were no houses here. The cliff-face was moving swiftly past. And
+then a black mouth swept into view. A hundred feet high and twice as
+broad. A mouth, with steam like the fetid breath of a monster. . . .
+
+The water was sweeping that way. Surging in a torrent. White water,
+leaping over jagged rock-points that split it into foam. . . .
+
+And from the mouth came a sullen roaring. . . .
+
+Frannie's dhrane lifted its head with a sharp bleat of fear. Its body
+was swung sidewise by the tumbling water, but it recovered and swam
+desperately.
+
+The roaring rose to a deafening torrent of sound. White water was
+leaping everywhere. Frannie half closed her eyes; she could see a
+whirling blob which was Leela ahead of her. Then the black mouth opened
+to encompass the world as Frannie was swept into it.
+
+An inferno of roaring blackness. . . .
+
+
+
+
+ _CHAPTER 5_
+
+ CLIMBING INTO LARGENESS UNFATHOMABLE
+
+
+In the fog and darkness at the foot of the incline, Martt stood tense,
+with upraised knife. The green-white thing was poised for its leap. It
+was not babbling now; its eye on the stalk glared balefully. A shudder
+swept Martt, as Frannie had shuddered an hour before when she and Leela
+passed this way, and she had caught a glimpse of this thing lying
+somnolent on the platform above.
+
+Martt muttered, "Stay back, Zee." And then the headless thing leaped.
+Martt caught it on his outflung hand and knife, but did not stop it. He
+felt his hand sinking within it--a soft, sticky warmth. Its body came
+on, and struck his chest--a blow as though a soft, yielding pillow had
+struck him.
+
+There was a moment, there in the darkness, of unutterable horror as
+Martt felt and saw his body mingled with the body of this gleaming
+thing clawing at him. He struck wildly, fighting, kicking in a panic of
+futility. Wet, warm and sticky! He seemed to tear its body apart. But
+the glowing, lurid outlines, wavering, came back always into shape.
+
+The thing itself was in a panic. Lunging, twisting. Its claws scraped
+Martt's face, too imponderable to scratch. The slit of its mouth
+opened to grip his throat; its teeth sank impotently within his flesh.
+Pressing against him . . . the slime of it was warm, with a stench,
+noisome. . . .
+
+Horrible! A nausea made Martt reel. And the thing now was crying with
+terrible, frightened cries. But they were low, suppressed.
+
+Martt staggered. And suddenly the lurid green shape gathered itself and
+fled. Martt saw a quivering dark wound in its side. It fled whimpering
+along the rocks of the shore and disappeared.
+
+Martt relaxed. He was unhurt. He stooped to the water and washed the
+stickiness from him. He felt a wild, hysterical desire to laugh.
+
+"Zee, it--that thing was as frightened as I was!"
+
+"Are you all right, Martt? It's gone! What was it?" She clutched at him
+anxiously.
+
+"Yes--all right. It couldn't hurt me and I couldn't hurt it. Not much."
+He laughed again, but suddenly sobered. "Zee, there's a giant up there
+asleep. Hear him?"
+
+They listened. From up there in the fog the deep, heavy breathing
+still sounded. Martt whispered, "You wait here, Zee. I'll creep up on
+him--get the drugs." He turned to her tensely. "Zee, you stay here.
+Close against the rocks. Whatever happens, you stay here. I'll--if I
+get the drugs--I'll make myself very large. Kill him--then I'll come
+back to you. Don't move--whatever happens."
+
+He left her. The wooden incline sloped sharply upward. The fog
+momentarily seemed clearing. Martt saw above him the outlines of the
+houses, a broad platform connecting them. And stretched the length
+of the platform was the huge, recumbent figure of a man. He seemed
+about forty feet tall. He lay hunched, cramped for space, with one arm
+upflung to the roof of a house, and one leg dangling nearly to the
+water.
+
+Martt reached the platform. He crept past the giant's legs. The waist,
+wrapped in a skin, was rising and falling with the giant's breathing.
+Martt's own breath was held. His heart was thumping wildly. The giant
+stirred; Martt stepped nimbly aside to avoid the movement of the great
+body.
+
+At the giant's waist he paused, reached up, fumbling. There seemed a
+belt here, with pockets. The drugs should be there. The bulge of the
+giant's middle was nearly as high as Martt's chest as he stood upright.
+He reached up, and over, feeling with careful fingers.
+
+With a thrill of triumph, Martt found two cylinders, each as long
+as his forearm. In the starlight he opened them, drew from each a
+flat, square tablet of compressed powder. The drugs! But which was
+for growth and which for shrinkage? One was larger than the other. It
+suggested growth. It was flat and square--the length of Martt's thumb.
+Impulsively he would have crushed it in his mouth and swallowed it.
+But a thought gave him pause. This giant was nearly seven times larger
+than himself. This expanded dose of the drug then would be too great.
+Martt bit off a corner of the white tablet. Swallowed it. An acrid
+taste. . . . He replaced the remainder in the cylinder and put both
+cylinders in his pocket, tying his jacket close around them. Would they
+expand with his body? He could only hope so.
+
+Expand? How did he know but that he had taken the wrong drug? Well, he
+could soon rectify that. . . . A panic swept Martt that the giant might
+awaken too soon. . . . The drug was taking effect; Martt was sick and
+dizzy. He reeled to a post at an outer corner of the platform. Clung
+there. He all but slipped and fell into the water ten feet below.
+
+A moment, then the sickness passed. He was growing! He could feel
+the post shrinking within his grip. The outlines of the houses were
+contracting. The knife in his hand, already tiny, slipped and fell into
+the water with a splash.
+
+The post soon was too small for Martt to hold. He reached over and
+steadied himself upon the grass roof of the nearest house. It was
+melting under his hands. The sleeping giant lay at his feet, a giant no
+longer; a man, like himself--the two of them crowding a tiny, flimsy
+platform with toy houses beside it, and black water flowing sluggishly
+close underneath.
+
+A sense of power swept Martt. A triumph. He was not afraid of this man,
+unarmed like himself. Already the man was undersized. . . . Why, Martt
+could grip him, choke him! . . . These toy houses--a sweep of Martt's
+arm would have scattered them.
+
+Martt was bending awkwardly over the roof-tops. A ripping, tearing
+noise sounded. The platform, the houses, quivered, wavered, collapsed!
+The whole structure, bending beneath the weight of the two huge bodies,
+gave way. Martt found himself floundering in warm, muddy water,
+entangled in a debris of splintered wood and grasslike house-roofs.
+
+And with him, his antagonist, awakened to a startled confusion,
+floundering, struggling to get upon his feet.
+
+Martt rose to his knees. The shallow lake bottom was sticky with mud.
+A house-roof hung upon his shoulder. He heaved it off; stood upright,
+dripping, breathless. The other man was up also. In the starlight, amid
+the floating wreckage, they faced each other. Martt was the taller; and
+he was still growing. He saw his enemy shrinking before him. A slim
+young fellow, with long black hair. A broad, flat face, with a startled
+surprize on it.
+
+Martt laughed. And shouted, "I've got you now!" He would have leaped.
+But abruptly he recalled Zee, tiny in size, huddled there by the shore.
+A lunge of his body--or of this other man's body--a flip of one of
+these torn housebeams--and Zee would be killed. . . .
+
+Martt turned and waded rapidly away. He wondered if the other man would
+follow him. Martt wanted to get him farther out into the lake. It was
+an error; for as Martt turned to look back, he saw his antagonist's
+hand go to his belt; and then to his mouth. More of the drug! Martt
+thought that he had in his own pocket all there was of it here. But
+the giant had more. Already he was growing. As Martt stood undecided,
+he saw the giant growing like himself. He was smaller than Martt now,
+but growing more swiftly. He stood for an instant with his arms upflung
+toward the stars; then he came wading forward.
+
+The mountains were at Martt's right hand. Shrinking, swiftly
+contracting. The water now came not much over his ankles; a small patch
+of wreckage marked where the collapsed buildings had stood.
+
+Martt retreated slightly; he turned, moved to the cliff-face with his
+back against it.
+
+Then, with a swirl of water, his enemy rushed at him. Martt met the
+rush unyielding. They locked. Swaying, struggling each to throw the
+other. The lake at their ankles was lashed white. They fought silently,
+grimly. The fellow was strong; he pushed Martt backward against the
+Mountain. His hands strove for Martt's throat. But Martt ripped them
+away. With a body-hold he bent his adversary backward; but always he
+could feel the man's body swelling within his grasp.
+
+A desperation seized Martt. If he could not win now, at once, he would
+lose. This fellow was growing too large. Beside them, as they swayed,
+Martt caught a glimpse of the mountain. It was now a cliff not much
+higher than his head. At his feet Martt was dimly aware of a small
+black hole in the cliff into which water was rushing.
+
+One of Martt's legs was wrapped around the legs of his adversary; and
+suddenly the man tipped. They went down together, Martt on top. It was
+like falling into a puddle of water. They lunged, rolled over. And then
+the giant rose, with Martt clinging to him. He was much larger than
+Martt now; he heaved himself upward, flung Martt against the cliff.
+Martt's head and shoulders went over its top. Jagged spires of rock;
+loose rocks lying there. The giant jerked Martt back; he fell on his
+feet; saw his antagonist towering over him.
+
+But in Martt's hand now was a jagged lump of rock which he had snatched
+from the cliff. He flung it, and it caught the giant full on the
+forehead. He staggered, and as his grip on Martt loosened, Martt leaped
+away.
+
+And the giant came crashing down, his huge body falling before the hole
+in the mountain; blocking it so that the surging lake backed up with a
+deepening torrent of the hot, black water.
+
+
+ II
+
+Martt stood panting in the starlight. He had won. The scene around
+him was still dwindling, but in a moment it stopped. Cliffs to his
+shoulder. A shrunken, shallow lake. Its tiny flat islands were no
+bigger than his foot. Along its shore where the cliff ended he could
+see the open country. Tiny threads of roads. An island with points
+of colored light--the island of the festival. At his feet, miniature
+houses on stilts, many of them strewn on the water, trampled by this
+combat of giants in which he had been victorious.
+
+And the fallen giant there in the water, blocking the river-mouth, the
+water deepening against his side.
+
+Martt took a cautious step. Zee was down there somewhere. Then he saw
+her figure, dimly, in the mist which hung over the lake at his ankles.
+She seemed about the size of his finger. She was standing at the
+water's edge, waving up to him.
+
+He bent down--carefully. He said softly, "I see you, Zee. You must get
+larger. I'll give you some of the drug to take."
+
+She shouted, "Yes." It was a very tiny voice, echoing from far away.
+
+Martt's jacket had been partly torn from him. One of his shoulders was
+bare, bleeding from where he had been thrown against the cliff-top. He
+stooped and dashed water upon the wound; and saw Zee crouch and shield
+herself from the deluge of water he splashed.
+
+He thought, "Careful, Martt;" and from his pocket drew one of the
+cylinders. The tablets of the drug still were the size of his thumb.
+He took one, laid it carefully at the water's edge, near Zee. It was
+nearly the size of her body. She walked to it, examined it.
+
+"Break it," he said. "Eat some--about the size of your thumb."
+
+He could hardly have seen a speck of it so small. Zee found a loose
+rock. She pounded at the white tablet. Ate a fragment. And presently
+Martt gave her some of the other drug to stop her growth; and she was
+his own size, standing beside him, gazing at the shrunken scene in
+wonderment.
+
+
+ III
+
+They stood consulting over what they should do. They had the precious
+drugs. Should they return with them to Brett, or go on and rescue
+Frannie and Leela? Martt was confident. With the drugs in his pocket,
+all sense of fear was passed. It was obvious that the world here was in
+no danger. This fallen giant at their feet was the last. But Frannie
+and Leela were captured; were taken up to that other realm. To delay
+following would be most dangerous of all.
+
+And Zee agreed. Her eyes were sparkling. She stretched out her white
+arms. She said, "With this power we would be cowards to turn back----"
+
+The giant still had some of the drugs about his person. Martt bent over
+him.
+
+"Zee! He isn't dead!"
+
+The young giant's face was white; blood was on his forehead where the
+rock had struck. He opened his eyes; rolled over in the water. The
+dammed river surged again into its black hole.
+
+"Zee, look! He isn't dead!"
+
+He sat up; smiled in a daze, struggled to rise to his feet but could
+not.
+
+The rock which Martt had hurled lay like a great boulder in the lake.
+Martt seized it, but Zee caught his wrist.
+
+"Martt! Don't----"
+
+A sense of shame struck at Martt; he dropped the rock. "Zee, can you
+talk to him--try if he understands your language."
+
+She spoke, and the young giant answered. He was trying to smile,
+grateful for the words. Zee stooped and splashed water on his wounded
+forehead.
+
+"Martt, he says his name is Degg--he has seen Leela and Frannie--a man
+and woman took them into the river-mouth."
+
+The fellow did not seem greatly hurt. He was frightened, watchful, but
+docile enough. Martt took the drugs from him. "Ask him the way up to
+his world--it will help us----"
+
+It was the one thing that would help them! Martt realized it.
+
+Degg, outwardly at least, seemed friendly enough. When Zee promised
+that they would not hurt him--would take him to his own world, the only
+way he would ever get there, since he had no drugs--he agreed readily
+to lead them.
+
+"But we must be careful," said Martt. "Never let him get larger than
+ourselves. And watch him, always."
+
+At Degg's direction, first they diminished their stature until,
+compared to the buildings of Reaf, they were about fifty feet tall.
+Degg said, in Zee's language, "We wade now into the black river. Rokk
+likes to swim--but wading is easier."
+
+They were ready to start. Soon they would be beyond this world--up into
+largeness unfathomable. Martt said, "We must leave some message for
+Brett. Let him know what became of us."
+
+There was no way to leave a written message. Conspicuously on a rock
+near the shore, Martt left the broad belt of his jacket. As he turned
+away, Degg was calling softly, "_Ae!_ Eeff! Eeff, come here!" The
+green-white, headless thing was lurking among the rocks. "Eeff, come
+here!"
+
+It advanced, whimpering. Compared to Martt's fifty-foot stature it
+seemed now no bigger than a rat. Martt conquered his aversion and stood
+waiting while it approached. In the starlight it glowed unreal; its eye
+on the stalk pointed distrustfully at Martt. It stood at Degg's feet;
+whimpering--and mumbling words.
+
+Degg said to Zee, "It is afraid of your man. I tell it you will do no
+harm. It wants to come with us." He stooped over. "Eeff, you come with
+us?"
+
+It understood, partly the words spoken in Zee's language, and partly
+the gesture. It said mouthingly, "Yes, Eeff come--with you."
+
+Uncanny! Horrible! Martt shuddered. Degg was saying, "It is a very good
+friend to me. May we take it?"
+
+"All right," said Martt shortly, when Zee translated. But it worried
+him. He resolved more than ever to watch Degg carefully, and to watch
+this headless thing Degg called a friend.
+
+They fed a small morsel of the drug to Eeff, until it had grown to a
+size normal to them. Then they started. The black mouth of the river,
+to them in this size, seemed a passageway ten or twelve feet high and
+twice as broad. The river swirled about their legs; hot, with steam
+rising. Soon they were in darkness, following the river around a bend.
+But only for a moment. Martt and Zee were hand in hand. Degg was in
+advance; Martt could just distinguish Degg's figure with the shining
+blob of Eeff in the water beside him.
+
+Darkness. But Martt's eyes were growing accustomed to it. And now the
+rocks of the caverns seemed to be giving light--a dim phosphorescence.
+The cavern expanded. They waded across a broad, shallow lake where
+the water was calm. Then again into a tunnel. Miles down its tortuous
+course with the river swirling and tumbling about them.
+
+Sometimes there was a dry ledge upon which they could walk. Sometimes
+the river deepened, and they had to swim. Always Degg advanced grimly,
+steadily, and silently. A foreboding grew upon Martt. Were they going
+right? Was this the way Frannie and Leela had gone? Once he whispered,
+"Do you think, Zee, that he's tricking us?"
+
+She shook her head. "You have all the drugs. He would not dare."
+
+They had waded for hours. Then ahead of them they saw Degg pause. The
+river here plunged straight down into a black abyss. To the left a
+passageway turned upward. It was some ten feet high and two or three
+times as wide. It went up at an incline into the green, luminous
+darkness. They followed Degg. A mile perhaps, steadily climbing. Martt
+calculated. They had already walked possibly fifteen miles--and they
+were more than eight times the normal size of Zee's world. That was
+more than a hundred and twenty miles underground--most of it downward.
+
+Martt realized that he was tired. And hungry. Before leaving Reaf he
+had thought of food necessary for this trip. Degg had a concentrated
+food--a dull brown powder. Martt promptly had appropriated it--had
+tested it to make sure it was not a size-drug. . . .
+
+The passageway abruptly opened into black, empty space. A rocky slope
+rolling gently upward, strewn with huge black boulders. It extended as
+far as Martt could see, upward into a luminous darkness. Overhead was a
+black sky--murky with distance.
+
+Degg stopped. "We begin getting large here."
+
+Zee translated it to Martt.
+
+"Let's eat, then," said Martt. "Zee, aren't you tired and hungry?"
+
+There was water lying in flat pools on the rocks. It was clear, cold
+and sweet. They sat down, talking and eating. Then Zee slept. And Degg
+slept also.
+
+Martt sat alert, watching, while the headless thing stretched itself
+somnolent on a rock near by, its single eye on the stalk wilting
+downward in drowsiness.
+
+Martt strove to master his revulsion. He called softly, "Eeff! Eeff,
+come here!"
+
+But it would not come. It moved farther away, whimpering to itself.
+
+
+ IV
+
+"Zee, wake up! We've got to get started. You've slept hours."
+
+The real size-change now began. In single file they walked up the black
+slope. It shrank beneath them--creeping, crawling, dwindling away under
+their feet. The boulders shrank into rocks, into pebbles. In an hour
+they were walking upon a smooth surface.
+
+The black void was no longer empty. Mountains showed ahead--and to the
+sides. Giant faces of rock, looming into unfathomable distance of the
+black sky. The mountains were drawing closer; contracting, rushing down
+with a violent movement.
+
+Martt apprehensively glanced behind. A wall of dwindling rock was
+coming after them. The drug in these larger doses seemed acting with a
+multiplied power. The scene was a dizzy swirl of movement. Mountains
+closing in everywhere. To Martt came a flash of terror. They would
+be crushed. Their bodies were growing tremendously to fill this
+constricted space. . . .
+
+Degg had stopped walking. They were gathered in a group. They were now
+in the center of a circular valley, with a ring of mountains closing
+in. A ten-mile valley . . . a mile . . . a hundred feet. . . .
+
+But the mountains shrank to hills; to a low cliff-wall--a ridge. . . .
+It closed in. . . .
+
+"Now!" shouted Degg. They leaped over the low ledge of encircling rock;
+scrambled over it and fell on a level ground above. . . .
+
+Beside them Martt saw a small jagged hole in the ground. . . . The size
+of his waist . . . his fist . . . his finger. . . . It dwindled, closed
+and was gone; while again, above them and all about, were black, empty
+spaces, filled soon with shrinking canyons out of which hastily they
+climbed. . . .
+
+A fantasmagoria of climbing, struggling upward to avoid being crushed
+by their own growth. . . .
+
+There was a canyon too narrow, with sides too high. . . . They had to
+stop their growth, and climb its jagged, precipitous side. The climb
+took hours. There was another meal, while Martt slept and Zee remained
+on guard.
+
+Then another valley. Broad, with a steeply inclined floor. They grew
+out of it; into another; and another. . . .
+
+Martt became conscious of a change in the air. Cooler, with a dankness.
+And now at last, overhead the void was no longer black. A suggestion
+of purple. And suddenly as they leaped from a chasm which shrank and
+closed under them, Martt saw a sky. Somber purple, with stars.
+
+A new conception of it all swept Martt. His Earth--the stars of its
+Universe. The Inner Surface of the Atom, Zee's realm--millions of times
+larger. And now--compared to Reaf . . . was he now a million times the
+size of Reaf? . . . Or a million million? Largeness, unfathomable. A
+convex world out here. The surface of a globe, whirling in Space. And
+overhead, still other stars, so gigantic--so remote!
+
+
+ V
+
+Martt gazed curiously around. They were at last in Degg's world--the
+region of the Arcs. A tumbled land of crags upon which lay a gray-black
+snow. Martt's heart sank before its utter desolation--a tumbled waste,
+upheaved as though by some cataclysm of nature. Desolation! And as
+though to veil it, a fall of blackish snow--a somber, tragic shroud.
+
+It was night. And, Martt surmised, a winter season. Yet the air was not
+cold; merely dank. And the snow seemed not cold, congealed perhaps by
+the dank, heavy air; but to Martt's touch, not cold, no more than chill.
+
+With her bare limbs and filmy veiling, Zee was shivering. Martt
+discarded his jacket, but she did not want it.
+
+He said, "But you must be cold, Zee."
+
+"I'm not." She shook herself. "I'm--frightened. This--night up
+here--it's like a tomb, Martt."
+
+Tomblike, indeed. A dank, chill silence brooded over the night. And
+then, almost unheralded, it was not night, but day. A small, cold-red
+sun leaped up from the distant black horizon. A day of dull, flat
+light. It stained the snow with blood. . . .
+
+Blood everywhere. . . .
+
+Degg said somberly to Zee, "Always blood. It is an omen. . . . My land,
+doomed----" There was a quiver in Zee's voice as she repeated his words
+to Martt.
+
+They had come now not to mistrust Degg. He seemed a well-meaning youth.
+Simple-minded. He had told them something of his world--of Rokk, and
+the woman Mobah. Degg, in his heart, hated and feared Rokk.
+
+"Why?" demanded Zee.
+
+He turned his dark, solemn eyes upon her. "You are too gentle, little
+girl Zee, to understand. We have many--horrible things here in Arc. I
+would not talk of them with you."
+
+It had been Rokk's plan, Degg said, to take Leela and Frannie to the
+place where he lived. Degg was to join Rokk there. . . . It was not
+so very far. . . . Degg called it Rokk's mound. They were headed that
+way now. Soon it would be night again--Martt could do what he thought
+was best toward rescuing the two girl prisoners. And Martt promised he
+would protect Degg.
+
+Vaguely in Martt's mind had been the idea that he could use the
+drugs again now--make himself still larger--catch Rokk unawares. But
+the large drug would take no further effect. The maximum size had
+been reached. Degg did not know why; save that these drugs were for
+smallness--the large one merely an antidote to the other.
+
+Martt was left without tangible plan. But his first desire was to get
+near Rokk's mound--whatever sort of place that might be. And he would
+decide then what could be done.
+
+The blood-red sun came swiftly up in a low arc, and plunged as swiftly
+down again. To Martt, it had been some half an hour of daylight. Now
+came the brooding night--and in another half-hour the sun would again
+make its low sweep.
+
+Martt urged Degg forward. Eeff was leading--lurid, green-white against
+the black of the ground. Then it stopped. Its eye quivered; it
+screamed--a long, shuddering, half-human cry of fright.
+
+Degg stood frozen--a statue in the gloom. And then Martt--and Zee also,
+for she uttered a low, suppressed cry--saw what had frightened Eeff.
+
+It was about a hundred feet away--a dull, glowing red as though the
+blood of sunlight were upon it. A thing which might have been a long,
+blood-red vine. Not animal, but vegetable. It lay on the ground--a
+great, thick stem, with upflung leafy branches waving like tentacles.
+At intervals, upon long stalks, were round spots of green light.
+Gleaming, baleful eyes.
+
+The thing was lying its length upon the ground. Not quiescent, but
+everywhere in quivering, undulating, snakelike movement. Its eyes
+seemed all turned this one way. Eyes suggesting an intelligence--a
+reasoning behind them. A thing, not animal but vegetable! Its brain,
+lacking even the least vestige of human or animal restraint, cast in a
+mold unutterably horrible.
+
+Eeff was crouching at Degg's feet, babbling with terror. Degg muttered,
+"It is unrooted! Free! It--I told Rokk they would break free some
+time--before he was ready!"
+
+"Unrooted!" Zee echoed.
+
+Unrooted! It was slithering, out there in the darkness. . . . It shrank
+to a blood-red blur. . . . It vanished. . . .
+
+They went on again. Degg would not talk, save to reiterate fearsomely,
+"I knew they would cast off their roots! Roaming, everywhere. And Rokk
+thought he dared to grow them----"
+
+A rise of ground lay ahead. Beyond its crest only the purple sky was
+visible, with stars sweeping in rapid, low arcs. Martt, Degg and Zee
+were walking together, with Eeff close before them.
+
+Eeff began whimpering again; then screamed. And ahead, from over the
+crest of the hill, as though in answer came an echoing scream! Yet not
+an echo! A scream, human! It drove the blood to Martt's heart; stopped
+his breathing. The scream of a voice familiar--a girl's voice--Frannie!
+
+For all the horror surging over him, Martt leaped forward. And stopped,
+stricken on the hill-crest.
+
+Beneath him in the gloom lay a shallow, bowl-like depression. The
+starlight illumined it wanly. Frannie was down there, struggling in
+the grip of a blood-red, vegetable thing! A segment of it was wrapped
+around her, dragging her forward. The light of it drenched her with
+blood; its myriad green eyes glared throughout its waving length.
+
+[Illustration: "Frannie struggled in the grip of the blood-red,
+vegetable thing."]
+
+And ahead of it was a line of others of its kind, leading the way,
+slithering up and over the opposite slope!
+
+
+
+
+ _CHAPTER 6_
+
+ THE BLOOD-RED DAY
+
+
+To Frannie, the subterranean river was an inferno of roaring blackness.
+Her dhrane was whirled along, sometimes swimming, sometimes floundering
+desperately. Frannie clung to its antlers and closed her eyes. . . .
+An eternity. . . . She heard Rokk shouting; felt the dhrane scrambling
+upon solid ground. The water dropped away from its sides. . . .
+
+Frannie found herself and her dhrane standing in a dull, luminous
+darkness upon a ledge by the river. The other dhranes were there. Rokk
+spoke to Leela.
+
+"What does he say?" Frannie demanded.
+
+"He says we must get larger--this is too dangerous."
+
+They followed then the methods used afterward by Degg in guiding Martt
+and Zee. Wading, in a large size, they went down the river. Then into
+the passageway leading upward.
+
+And then the climb into largeness. To Frannie it seemed unending; but
+though they were only an hour or two ahead of Martt in starting, they
+were several hours ahead when they reached the giant world. Frannie and
+Leela were near to exhaustion, even though they had ridden most of the
+way. Rokk had not paused to sleep.
+
+It was day when they reached the desolate land of the Arcs. Then a
+tomblike night; then blood-red day again.
+
+Rokk rode now with Frannie and Leela beside him, and the woman Mobah
+behind. Rokk was jubilant. He talked swiftly to Leela. At intervals,
+Leela translated.
+
+"He says he is glad to have us. He is taking us to his house--his
+mound, he calls it. He says, very soon there is something important
+happening up here. He is going to take us--show us it--happening."
+Leela shuddered.
+
+"What is going to happen?" Frannie demanded.
+
+"I don't know. Something--sinister, horrible. You saw his face when he
+told me?"
+
+Frannie had seen it, indeed, but she was striving to master her fear.
+There was something queerly sinister, inhuman, about Rokk. And his
+smile had a leer to it. Shining in his dark eyes, which often were
+fixed thoughtfully on Leela, there was a look Frannie could not fail
+to understand. The woman, Mobah, had noticed it. Once, over her broad
+expressionless face a torrent of passion had swept. Hate? Jealousy? It
+flashed at Leela--and at Frannie--and was instantly gone.
+
+Frannie said now, "Ask him what he wants of us. Why did he ever go
+down into our world?"
+
+Leela listened to Rokk's smiling explanation. The man's voice was soft,
+caressing. Leela went white.
+
+"He says, Frannie--he says his world here is very harsh--not good to
+live in. There is very little food--he says that he and some other
+men--his followers--are planning to descend into my world and conquer
+it. Kill all its men--Frannie, don't you understand?--kill, just the
+men of my world----"
+
+There was a silence. Then Leela added, with a frightened hush to her
+voice, "Up here all is bleak and terrible. The women are all like this
+woman behind us--unbeautiful----"
+
+Rokk was riding faster now, and soon, as they ascended a rise of
+ground, his home came into view. It lay on a falling slope, with paths
+trodden in the snow about it--a bulging mound built of pressed blocks
+of the gray-black snow. It rose above the surface perhaps ten feet--an
+oblong mound twenty feet wide and five times as long, like the grave of
+some giant buried there, with a small upright chimney at its farther
+end for a headstone. A few rectangles of white marked its doors and
+windows as though one might care to stand on the ground and gaze down
+at the coffin entombed within. Near by, two other mounds lay like the
+graves of children, with beaten paths connecting them.
+
+Rokk's home was set alone in the midst of this snowy waste! Frannie's
+heart was cold with apprehension. What was to be her fate--and
+Leela's--within?
+
+ * * * * *
+
+At Rokk's call a half-grown boy appeared in a doorway of the main
+mound. He led the dhranes away. Frannie and Leela were taken down a
+crude flight of icy steps and into the mound. It was much longer than
+it appeared; it seemed to extend at least another story underground,
+for Frannie saw an incline leading downward.
+
+They had entered the top story. Rokk led them along a passageway;
+Frannie saw low-roofed rooms, with ceilings curved to the mound. Each
+with a window opening at the ground level; and with crude furniture
+seemingly fashioned from stone blocks.
+
+Into such a room Rokk ushered them. He was smiling, bowing like a
+friendly host; his words to Leela were suave. But in his eyes there
+was an unmistakable irony, and when Frannie hesitated at the door, he
+pushed her roughly.
+
+Mobah had disappeared. Rokk stood a moment talking to Leela. The door
+to the passageway was open. Rokk and Leela had their backs to it.
+Frannie became aware that beyond the door Mobah was standing listening.
+And in the dimness there, Frannie caught a glimpse of the woman's
+intense face. It was torn with a jealous passion--a torrent of loosed
+passion debasing its calm stolidity into an aspect almost bestial.
+
+As Rokk turned slightly, the lurking woman silently fled. Rokk bowed
+to Frannie, and to Leela--a bow ceremoniously grotesque, but with a
+dignity, nevertheless. His hand lingered on Leela's white arm, but
+Leela jerked away. He shrugged, smiled, and went through the door,
+barring it after him.
+
+"Oh, Frannie!" Leela at last gave way. She sobbed with fright
+unrestrained; and this gave Frannie additional strength to be calm. She
+sat Leela on the couch--a railed slab of stone, with a litter of furs
+on it like the bed of an animal. She tried to comfort Leela. Then left
+her; tried the door softly. It was stoutly barred.
+
+Then she tried the window. It had a pane as transparent as glass, but
+evidently unbreakable. Frannie struck it recklessly with her fist. And
+there seemed no way to open the window. Through it Frannie could see
+along the snow-covered ground outside. The night had just come. The
+ground was dark, with faint stars showing above.
+
+Frannie sat on the bed with Leela. They were both so exhausted that for
+a time they slept. Hours, perhaps--Frannie never knew. Then she awoke.
+The scene in the room was unchanged. It was night again. Leela was
+awake. Frannie began questioning her as to what Rokk most recently had
+said. Leela was outwardly calm now.
+
+"He--insists we are not to be harmed, Frannie. He told me--just before
+he left--that he wanted me to like him." A shiver ran over Leela's
+frail body. "He will work to make me like him--he will be very good to
+me. And you--he says there is a young man--that man he left back in
+Reaf--named Degg. He is sure Degg will like you, Frannie."
+
+"Did he say any more about that important thing which is going to
+happen?"
+
+"Yes. He said he is going to take us somewhere--as soon as we have
+rested, and Degg has come to join us here. Take us somewhere--where we
+shall see a wonderful awesome sight. Frannie, he told me the men here
+in this world do not like their women. He has brought me and you--to
+show us to the men--that they may see how beautiful women can be.
+Then--they will join him to go down into smallness--to conquer----"
+
+Leela choked. She added, and a hush fell upon her voice: "Frannie, this
+Rokk has planned it all. He says there is too little food here. The
+women--and the children that the men no longer want to feed--are all
+placed apart. Exiled to a city--where he is going to take us. And show
+us----"
+
+A tapping at the window checked her. The girls stared at each other
+with the blood draining from their faces. A gentle tapping from
+outside. A scraping, fumbling as though soft fingers were working at
+the window.
+
+Frannie stood up, trembling. Then she moved along the wall, and with
+her face to the window, peered out. The tapping had stopped. Outside
+she saw a faint, lurid red glow. And three gleaming spots of green.
+Moving, peering. And then like the tendrils of a creeping vine, a
+leafy something, with a red sheen upon it, gently beating at the pane;
+tapping--fumbling.
+
+Frannie drew back. "Leela--out there----" But another sound stopped
+her. Someone--something--was unbarring the door of their room! The
+two girls were frozen with terror, incapable of sound or movement.
+A bar dropping with a muffled thump! The door slowly began opening
+inward. . . .
+
+It was the woman Mobah. Her face was grim; her dull eyes were
+smoldering green-black coals. She flung a menacing glance at the girls,
+moved swiftly across the room. Her fingers at the pane touched some
+hidden lock. The window swung open.
+
+Mobah darted back, seized Leela, tried to shove her toward Frannie
+and the window. Leela screamed, resisted, fought with all her little
+strength and called a warning to Frannie.
+
+But it was too late. Through the window a thick, red-glowing tentacle
+came slithering. Its green eyes were waving triumphantly. It caught
+Frannie; rolled back upon itself, jerking her upward.
+
+Heavy steps sounded in the passageway outside the room, and Rokk's
+alarmed voice, shouting. Rokk burst in. He knocked Mobah aside with a
+blow of his fist, and swept Leela protectingly backward.
+
+The segment of red thing within the room slithered out the window,
+carrying Frannie with it.
+
+
+ II
+
+"She is gone, my lady Leela. It is unfortunate, but we can not help it.
+She is lost--we shall never see her again."
+
+Leela and Rokk were alone in the room. Leela shrank upon the couch;
+against his gaze she huddled with a corner of the robe drawn to shield
+her white limbs. He stood before her.
+
+"Gone, Leela. Dead, by now. . . . Don't shudder, little white woman. It
+is the law of life--some live, some die. . . . But Degg will be sorry."
+
+She had no words, no heart with which to answer.
+
+He went on, with a frown crossing his face. "That vegetable thing
+coming here has changed my plans. It has no right to be unrooted.
+I grew it, Lady Leela--and many others of its kind--for a certain
+purpose. But now it has broken away, before I was quite ready to dig it
+up. It thinks it is full-grown. It is conscious of its power. And that
+which during all its growth I have taught it to do----" He shrugged.
+"I suppose they have all broken loose. All roaming----" A horrible
+grimness came to Rokk's voice. "Well, they will do what I taught
+them--we shall have to hurry if we wish to see it, Lady Leela."
+
+Leela summoned words. "To see--what?"
+
+He smiled. "You are impatient--and as becomes only a woman--curious!
+You shall see, little white woman--blood-red things----" He gestured.
+"Enough of that. But you shall realize how great is Rokk. I planned it
+all. But now I shall have to change my plans a little. I had wanted
+to show you and your friend--the little Frannie--to the men of this
+world. So that they--our men--would know how beautiful women can be.
+There is no time now, with the red things broken loose. We shall have
+to be careful, my Leela. I shall send word to all the men everywhere
+to have a care. . . . I wish Degg would come--but we can not wait for
+him now. . . . There are animals, too, who should be guarded from these
+roaming red vines I have grown. You have not seen our animals, Leela?
+Degg has one--a very friendly thing; we call it Eeff. It is but half
+human--and only half materialized into substance. A loyal friend, if it
+likes you. But its mentality is that of an imbecile. . . . I talk too
+much, like a loose-tongued woman. There is no time--we must start."
+
+He called roughly, "Mobah! Come here at once!"
+
+The woman appeared, sullen, defiant. On the flesh of her heavy gray
+shoulder was a red bruise where Rokk had struck her.
+
+"Mobah! Bring the dhranes. We are leaving for the Ice City. Tell my boy
+here to have Degg follow us when he comes. . . . Hurry! . . ."
+
+
+ III
+
+They rode fast. Alternate night and day--endless frozen wastes.
+Occasionally they passed single mounds, isolated like that of Rokk.
+Others in groups; blood-stained graveyards by day--eery and gruesome
+in the starlight. Leela saw many of the green-white animals, lurking
+like werewolves prowling among the mounds. And there were men gazing
+curiously at the travelers. To them often Rokk gave a warning that the
+vegetable things were loose.
+
+But he said to Leela, "There really is no danger. These things I have
+grown will do my purpose in the Ice City. Then I will command them back
+to their fields. Let them rot there harmlessly in a red welter. I can
+control them. They know me for their creator--their master."
+
+There were few women or girls to be seen about the mounds. Rokk said,
+with a horrible irony, "We have sent most of them to the Ice City.
+It is a very beautiful place--we men have sent our women there. The
+women----" He laughed sarcastically. "They are very stupid. They do
+not guess our purpose."
+
+They rode in silence. Then Rokk spoke again. "My woman, Mobah"--he
+glanced behind at the patient figure riding behind them--"I have kept
+Mobah with me. She is good to work in the mound. But you, my Lady
+Leela----" He chuckled. "We shall get rid of Mobah all in good time. We
+do not want her around, do we? But I will not make you work, Leela. In
+your city of Crescent, little white woman, you and I will be very great
+people. I shall be the leader of all our men----"
+
+Again Leela did not answer.
+
+A red day plunged into night. Far to the left across the snowy wastes
+to the distant horizon, Leela saw a white radiance in the sky. A vague
+patch of silver, as of light reflected from some remote distance below
+the horizon. Rokk waved his hand.
+
+"You see that, Leela? That is where I found the drugs. This globe is
+very fair, off there. Longer days and nights. A warm, fruitful summer.
+Food is there. Trees, with fruit. But it is all owned by another race
+of people. They will not let us in. They are very powerful--very far
+advanced in civilization. A wonderful age of science. . . . They know
+everything. I crept into one of their cities and stole the drugs."
+
+To Leela then was driven home the conception of how vast is God's
+great plan of the Universe. This miserable region owned by Rokk's
+people was no more than the Polar waste of this globe. A fairer land of
+science lay there where the distant radiance showed. A great, cultured
+civilization perhaps. And farther beyond it--other races--all on this
+one tiny globe whirling among these stars. . . .
+
+ * * * * *
+
+They came at last within sight of the City of Ice. In the starlight
+it glittered with a pale sheen. It stood on a broad plateau above the
+surrounding valleys--a place of white spires, glittering under the
+stars, the whole surrounded by a high white wall of ice.
+
+And as they came closer, Leela saw within the city a yellow-red glare.
+Behind it, a high tower of stone dominated the scene; the glare painted
+the tower a yellow-red upon one side. "The pit of fire," said Rokk.
+"The one place in all our realm where the fires underground come near
+the surface. It brings a warmth--a beauty. You shall see." He laughed
+his horrible laugh. "That is why we tell the women they should like it
+here----"
+
+They approached the wall. Rokk gazed around. "We are but just in time."
+In the farther distance beyond the city was a red sheen against the
+ground. Rokk understood it, though at the moment Leela did not. "Just
+in time, little woman. I had thought we might better enter by the
+tunnel under the wall. But that is not necessary."
+
+They rode through a gate, plunged at once into a passageway, and
+emerged presently within the stone tower, left the dhranes there, and
+mounted the tower. At its top, Rokk stood with Leela. Mobah sullenly
+was behind them. Rokk glanced back at her. He said softly, "I think
+perhaps she guesses what is to happen. But she can do nothing about it."
+
+Presently Mobah moved away and disappeared. Rokk patted his belt.
+"I have all the drugs here, Leela. All there are in this whole
+realm--except a very little of each which I left with Degg. We must
+guard them carefully."
+
+To Leela came the thought that she might gain possession of the drugs
+and thus escape. But Rokk was very watchful.
+
+They stood upon a broad balcony, with the single tower room behind them
+and a breast-high parapet in front. At the parapet, Leela gazed down.
+From this height the city lay spread beneath them. It was still night.
+A simple, placid scene, quiet, and in a measure beautiful. A few broad
+streets of packed, gray-black snow. Flat, oblong houses of ice blocks
+which were white and glittering, with spires and minarets occasionally
+adorning them.
+
+Directly beneath Leela, at the foot of the tower, was a yawning
+yellow-red pit. She could see directly down into it; a glare, some
+great distance down to where the fires of the earth were broken out.
+Rising wisps of smoke . . . a sulfurous, fiery breath . . . and a
+torrent of grateful heat surging upward.
+
+Around the pit, the city was built of stone for a distance, like
+a broad, square park. Trees were growing there; huge, graceful
+ferns; blue-green leaves like great flopping ears of an animal. And
+giant palms, hung with purple fruit. . . . A tropical garden, with
+flower-lined, winding paths. . . . By contrast with all this bleak
+region Leela had seen, the single little park was very beautiful.
+
+There were a few women moving about the city--dull, heavy-looking,
+shapeless women robed in a monotone of drab garments. Uninspired of
+aspect. Yet each had a soul . . . desires . . . longings. . . .
+
+In the park a woman sat and played with a little girl. There was
+another woman, newly arrived here, with a baby at her breast. . . .
+
+Rokk's voice broke upon Leela's thoughts with a rasp. "But who is to
+feed them? It gets very tiresome, giving them food. . . . Ah! Now you
+shall see my solution, Lady Leela----"
+
+Beyond the city walls, out over the starlit, snowy wastes, spots of red
+sheen were visible. Moving. Coming nearer. Spots of red sheen resolving
+into long, thin lines of red. Undulating, twisting, slithering forward.
+Green spots of eyes, waving, peering.
+
+Red, growing things unrooted. Coming monstrously to do that for which
+during all their growth they had been trained. There seemed thousands
+of them. Over every distant slope they came closing in upon the city.
+Thick red vines a hundred feet long. Others grown into a tangled
+clump, every separate tendril of which was in slimy movement. A red
+boll, like the bulging trunk of a tree. It rolled, leaped. Another of
+a flat, round central growth, with prickling spines like huge needles
+standing erect, and waving, groping tentacles. It hitched itself along,
+awkwardly.
+
+They came from everywhere. Red, gleaming monsters of the ground,
+advancing with a grim, uncanny silence, closing in upon the city.
+
+Leela watched, with the blood freezing in her veins. Within the city no
+alarm had sounded. The woman in the park played with her little girl.
+But the baby at the other woman's breast was crying. . . .
+
+The first of the red things reached the city wall. Slithered up like
+some monstrous red ivy growing there. A thing of dangling green pods
+from which a slimy juice was dripping. A segment of it raised high over
+the wall, with green eyes staring down.
+
+In a near-by street a headless, friendly animal gave out its imbecilic
+cry. The two women in the park looked and saw, and screamed. . . .
+
+The red thing rose and slithered over the wall. Stretched its length
+down a street; then encircled a house, its wide-flung segments
+slithering into every door and window. Screams from in there sounded
+over the silent, starlit city. Shrill, throat-tearing screams of
+women . . . and the piping, terrified cries of children. . . .
+
+The alarm spread. The cries were caught up, echoed from everywhere
+about the city. Women and girl children were rushing in a panic from
+the houses. . . .
+
+Over the wall at its every point, the red things were climbing . . .
+spreading over the city . . . filling the streets . . . climbing with
+a red, leafy growth into houses . . . green peering eyes, searching
+everywhere. . . .
+
+One of the flat, round growths with prickling spines--needles each
+as long as a human body--lurched itself into the park. With a sudden
+spring it caught a running woman. Its tentacles tossed her aloft. She
+fell, impaled upon its swordlike spines. Its tentacles pulled an arm
+from her body . . . tossed the arm away. . . . The woman was still
+screaming--horribly. . . .
+
+Leela, sickened, covered her face with her hands. She heard Rokk's
+gloating voice, "You see--my solution? Look, little white woman! Make
+your heart stout, like Rokk's. This is the law of life. Some live, some
+die. We--you and I--will live, for love, when this blood-red day is
+over."
+
+Day! The dawn had come. The red sun rose from the horizon in its low
+arc. Red, staining everything.
+
+Leela, with a fascination, again involuntarily stared. The city was a
+chaos of terror. From windows, with reason fled, women were leaping.
+The red things caught them as they fell. . . . On a flat housetop a
+woman crouched with a baby in her arms, and a little girl huddling at
+her knees. A slim red arm came up over the parapet of roof. Other red
+things came up, and poised with watching green eyes. The woman fought
+the red arm with all her meager strength. It seized the baby, waved the
+small, gray-white body aloft, dashed it to a red pulp against the stone
+of the parapet. Other arms jerked the little girl away. A flat, red
+thing engulfed the woman and sat mouthing and tearing. . . .
+
+In the park a crowd of the women were huddled. Some were trying to
+climb the high railing at the pit of fire, but could not. The red
+things slithered among them. . . .
+
+The blood-red day! A white, glittering city, stained crimson now.
+Splashed and stained; and upon it the red sun poured a polluting, gory
+light. . . .
+
+The blood-red day. . . .
+
+
+
+
+ _CHAPTER 7_
+
+ THE FIGHT ON THE PARAPET
+
+
+Martt stood in the starlight at the top of the slope, frozen into
+immobility with horror. Frannie was struggling in the grip of the red
+vine, being dragged along, with others of its kind leading the way.
+Grown and taught for nothing but the blood-red day of the Ice City,
+these things with single purpose were dragging Frannie there.
+
+Martt stood stricken for an instant. The red thing paused. All
+its green eyes turned. Beyond it the other things came to a stop,
+irresolute, and then slithered on. But the one with Frannie lay
+momentarily quiescent; only its eyes were quivering.
+
+Martt became aware that Zee and Degg were beside him. Eeff was
+crouching at its master's feet, whimpering with terror. Martt shouted,
+"Zee, run back! Come on, Degg!"
+
+He caught a glimpse of Degg's face, gray with fright. But his eyes
+showed a sudden determination. And Degg leaped, with Martt after him.
+
+The red thing flung up its forward tentacles, and shoved Frannie
+farther back within its folds. Degg leaped for the clump of its
+branches where Frannie was entangled.
+
+Martt, running forward, abruptly stopped. One of the drug cylinders
+within his pockets had bumped his thigh. A thought swept him--the
+drug for smallness! He stopped; recklessly poured from the cylinder
+nearly half its contents. And stood, with a huge buckle of his jacket,
+crushing the white tablets into a powder in his hand.
+
+Degg had fought his way to Frannie. He had torn her loose, thrust her
+violently away, but was himself entrapped. He fought, ripping, tearing
+at the red branches, struggling to avoid the sinuous tentacles which
+curled back at him. A thick tendril of the vine had wound itself about
+his legs. . . .
+
+With the powder in his left hand, Martt rushed forward. There was a
+part of the red thing which seemed of lesser size and strength. Martt
+rushed in among its lashing brambles. They entwined him. He ducked the
+sweep of a tentacle thick as his body. Eyes on the branches peered
+into his face. He seized one, pulled it off. A slime with a red
+phosphorescence was on his fingers. A pod struck his face; he tore it
+open and scattered its seeds. A red, noisome juice spattered him. . . .
+
+Martt was fighting only with his right hand. One of his legs was
+gripped and held; he kicked, striving to free it.
+
+These smaller branches were easily broken. They mashed, some of them
+like a porous, tropical plant, oozing sap. They were spongy. Martt
+scattered a little of the white powder; sifted it through his fingers.
+The vegetable growth sucked it up--the drug mingled with the sap of its
+bruises.
+
+The branches were dwindling. Upon vegetable the drug acted more
+swiftly than upon animal cells. The smaller tendrils shriveled. Then
+branches of greater thickness. Martt could feel them letting go their
+hold--shrinking, loosening their grip.
+
+Around him in a moment was a shriveled, shrunken bramble. He kicked
+himself free. A huge tentacle from another portion licked back and
+seized him; whirled him aloft. But he kept his wits. Tore at it with
+his fingers; rubbed the drug into its bruised bark. Along all its
+length, the drug acted. Martt's weight brought its shriveled strength
+to the ground. He fell upon his feet; tore himself loose again. Stamped
+and tore, and leaped away.
+
+Throughout all the length of the monstrous vine, now, the drug was
+acting. Martt momentarily stood inactive, panting. He saw that Degg had
+freed Frannie--saw her and Zee huddled at a distance on the slope near
+by. Degg was still fighting; one of his legs seemed queerly twisted; an
+arm of the red vine held him, but he kept his feet. Eeff was darting
+forward and back, too much terrified to approach, yet anxious to help.
+
+The vine everywhere was shrinking. Martt ran to free Degg. But he was
+too late. The largest remaining tentacle lashed forward; it caught
+Degg, whirled him up in the air and flung him heavily to the ground.
+Degg lay still.
+
+A moment. Then the vine was so shriveled that Martt waded throughout
+its lashing length. Tore it apart. Scattered it. Stamped upon its
+twisting, slithering red segments.
+
+All dwindling. Separate, dismembered segments quivering around
+him . . . smaller . . . red, twisting lines, with tiny green
+eyes. . . . They winked and vanished into smallness. . . .
+
+
+ II
+
+"Is he dead? Oh, Martt, do you think he is dead?"
+
+They bent over Degg and he opened his eyes. Martt knelt and lifted
+his head. It was evident that he was dying; and evident, too, that he
+knew it. He spoke, laboriously whispered words in Zee's language. He
+tried to gesture toward Zee; on his face was an earnestness, almost a
+desperation lest he might fail to give his dying message.
+
+Martt said, "Zee, he's trying to talk to you. Bend closer--he's
+talking."
+
+Zee knelt at his head. He was panting, struggling breathlessly with
+each word. "Rokk--was going to take your sister Leela to the--City of
+Ice. Now that the red things are loose--I think you will find--him and
+her--there."
+
+His breath ended with a long sigh. But he began again. "Eeff will lead
+you. Tell Eeff--to take you through the--tunnel into the--stone tower.
+And--hurry!"
+
+His eyes closed. Then they opened very wide. They tried to focus on
+Zee's face. She bent lower to hear his faint whisper. "Hurry! You
+understand--about Leela, there with Rokk. He means, for her, a thing
+very terrible. You must--hurry." He added, with a breath so faint she
+barely heard his words, "You are--so very beautiful, little Zee. I
+never saw--any woman so beautiful. But I am not Rokk--I could not have
+harmed you."
+
+He stiffened just a trifle; then went limp, his head with staring eyes
+dangling backward over Martt's arm.
+
+Martt laid him gently on the ground. Eeff went and sat by him, crying
+softly.
+
+
+ III
+
+It was red day when they approached the City of Ice. Eeff had led them,
+as Degg suggested. They saw the city from far off, with a red glow
+staining its white glitter. Then Eeff plunged them into a black tunnel.
+It seemed miles. Then it ascended, and they emerged into a wave of
+heat, with a yellow-red glare beside them.
+
+They were at the bottom of a tall stone tower; a doorway was near at
+hand. Martt gazed up the tower's side. A man was up there, behind a
+parapet, gazing out at the city: a man's head and shoulders, queerly
+foreshortened. But Martt recognized him.
+
+Rokk!
+
+Martt pushed Zee and Frannie hastily into the tower. He commanded, "You
+two stay here, with Eeff. I'm going up. You stay here."
+
+Again Martt thought of the drug cylinders he was carrying. He drew them
+from his pockets, handed them swiftly to Zee. "Keep these. Whatever
+happens--if I don't come back--use them. Eeff will lead you home. To
+Reaf. Ask it if it can lead you."
+
+Zee said, in her own language, "Eeff, come here. Can you lead me
+back--down there where we met Degg in that place called Reaf? You
+remember? Where the water was?"
+
+The headless thing turned its eye upon her. It chattered, "Yes, I
+remember. I can go there--but I want Degg. I want to go back to Degg."
+
+Martt, alone, mounted the circular incline softly, and as swiftly
+as he dared. Had Rokk seen him? He did not think so. Was Leela up
+there? . . . If he could get behind Rokk unobserved. . . .
+
+Half-way up there was an oval window in the tower through which Martt
+caught his first view of the interior of the city.
+
+The sun was sinking at the horizon. The end of the blood-red day! A
+silence had fallen with the falling sun. A crimson city, strewn with
+what had once been living, human flesh and blood--dismembered now . . .
+strewn . . . unnamable. . . .
+
+And climbing the walls, red monsters slithering away--seeking other
+horrors.
+
+The silent nightfall of the blood-red day.
+
+Martt's gorge rose. He turned from the window, and mounted the incline.
+
+The room at the top was circular, with many windows. An empty room of
+stone, almost dark, with the starlight streaming in dimly to illumine
+it.
+
+Martt crept softly. Through a doorway he could see Rokk's figure on the
+balcony outside. And another figure. Leela, white of face, with her
+black hair streaming, and her tattered, dirt-stained veiling falling
+about her. Leela! She was standing, half turned, shuddering with
+horror. She saw Martt! Surprize, wonderment, joy mirrored her face.
+His fingers went to his lips warningly. But not quite in time. She
+uttered a low cry, instantly checked.
+
+Rokk swing about. He, too, saw Martt; he stiffened, with his shoulders
+flung back against the parapet and his jaw dropping. Martt had
+instantly leaped, but Rokk met him squarely, surged forward, and they
+fell.
+
+Rokk was the stronger; Martt knew it at once. He rolled, desperately
+struggling to come on top, with his legs braced against the floor. But
+Rokk flung him off and regained his feet.
+
+Instantly Martt was up, quicker, lighter than his antagonist. He struck
+for Rokk's face, missed and then caught Rokk full on the chest with
+his fist. The man staggered, but he was not hurt. Rokk's swing went
+wide, as Martt nimbly ducked. Again they came together. Surged across
+the balcony, kicking, tearing, seeking each other's throats. Locked,
+with legs entwined they struck the parapet, rebounded, fell and rolled
+together to the opposite wall. A primitive struggle of men using only
+the weapons with which nature had endowed them. Fighting grimly, almost
+silently, each with no thought but to kill.
+
+[Illustration: "He had no other thought but to kill."]
+
+Leela, near by, stood helpless, confused, a hand pressed against her
+mouth in terror. There was a sound, a startled outcry. Frannie and Zee
+were in the tower room, with Eeff cowering behind them.
+
+Martt momentarily was on top of his adversary, with Rokk's hairy hand
+beneath his chin, pressing his head back. Martt ripped the hand away.
+He called, "Run! Run--all of you!"
+
+Rokk heaved him backward, half rose, and surged over on top. Martt
+saw vaguely another figure appear on the balcony. A heavy, gray-faced
+woman. He heard Rokk pant, "Mobah!"
+
+The woman leaped upon the scene. She avoided Zee and Frannie. She
+strove to get at Martt. She kicked; she tried to strike at him. He
+heard Zee's voice, "Frannie! Leela! Help me!" As he fought, he was
+aware that the three girls were pulling at the woman--pulling her away,
+holding her.
+
+Martt momentarily had slackened his efforts. Rokk's fist caught him in
+the face, dazed him. Martt felt Rokk lifting him up, heaving him. His
+body struck the three-foot-wide, level top of the parapet. He clung
+desperately, as Rokk leaped up to throw him off.
+
+They were locked together, rolling on the parapet top! Martt at its
+edge, his head momentarily over, felt a wave of heat--saw, far down,
+the red-yellow glare. Rokk suddenly tried to cast him loose. Then was
+pushing. They were both lying at the edge.
+
+Scrambling. Panting. And suddenly Zee was up on the parapet,
+crouching--her frail white hands gouging at Rokk's face. It confused
+him. He relaxed. Martt gave one last desperate surge. He saw, and felt
+Rokk's body slipping, sliding over the edge, feet first. Rokk's hold on
+Martt was torn away, by his own weight and by Zee's frenzied, plucking
+fingers. His face, close to Martt's for an instant, showed wide,
+terrified eyes; a mouth that gaped.
+
+His hold broke. His body slid. He was gone! Martt lay panting at the
+edge, with Zee's steadying grip upon him. A cry sounded. A wail. The
+woman Mobah had torn loose from Frannie and Leela. She leaped to the
+parapet. Poised for an instant--a grim, gray statue of despair. Bereft
+of reason, she called, "Rokk! Rokk!" And with a long, shuddering cry,
+she plunged.
+
+There was silence for a moment on the parapet. No one looked down. And
+from over the distant, desolate horizon, presently the red sun came up
+with the dawn of a new day.
+
+
+
+
+ _CHAPTER 8_
+
+ YOUTH!
+
+
+Life is very strange. Brett and I--Frank Elgon of the Interplanetary
+Mails--of full maturity, at the peak of our physical and mental
+strength--how inglorious were the parts we played! So inconsequential I
+scarcely have the heart to recount our futile actions. Yet we thought
+always that we were doing our best.
+
+We stood there beside the arcade, helplessly watching Frannie and Leela
+disappear into smallness. Brett left me to guard the spot. He rushed
+away; came back to tell me that the giant wading in the lake was gone,
+that he could not find Martt or Zee.
+
+For a time we watched the small pebble beneath which Leela and Frannie
+had vanished. We even dared to move it carefully, but we could not see
+them.
+
+The island was emptying of its people. We thought that Martt and Zee
+might have gone home. We decided to go and join them. Perhaps to take
+our vehicle, make it small to search for Leela, since we had no drugs.
+
+I told Brett of his father's death. And it was well advanced into the
+morning before we learned that people on the island had seen Martt and
+Zee sailing for Reaf. Hours during which we had aimlessly searched, and
+prepared the vehicle for its trip into smallness to try and find Leela
+and Frannie.
+
+Martt and Zee had sailed for Reaf! Following the giant! We had thought
+of doing that, to try and obtain the drugs. But it had seemed reckless,
+foolhardy, impossible of success. Yet Martt had done it without
+hesitation. There is a caution comes at thirty which does not hamper
+twenty-one.
+
+We procured a boat. Provisioned it. And sailed for Reaf, armed with our
+flash-cylinders. And there we found a huge belt lying on the rocks
+near a scattered wreck of buildings strewn upon the water.
+
+Martt's belt, of a size which showed us he had used the drug! He had
+left the belt to explain that he had gone on to the giant world.
+
+But we were utterly helpless! We could not follow him. We were starting
+aimlessly toward the river, when along the rocks there, we saw four
+moving figures. Normal in size. Martt, returning with the three girls!
+All of them tattered, bruised, blood-stained, their garments dirty and
+torn. But unharmed.
+
+They waved at us. We landed and ran along the rocks. Martt's smile was
+tired, but very happy.
+
+"Here they are, Brett. I brought them back--Zee and I did--here they
+are." He added, "We had a headless thing named Eeff. It led us back,
+but just now at the last, it ran away. It said it wanted to find Degg.
+It ran, forgetting it needed the drugs. A half-witted, cowardly sort of
+thing, but I liked it. Oh, there is so much to tell you----"
+
+Deeds of youth! No caution, no pondering! Glorious deeds of youth,
+unfettered by maturity! No theory--just accomplishment!
+
+Frannie was saying to me, "Oh Frank----" I held out my hand, but she
+flung herself upon me. "Frank, I--I've wanted so to get back to you!"
+
+She clung to me. Her arms went around my neck. She was kissing me! Me,
+Frank Elgon! Poor as a guider of the lower traffic, and just now proved
+so inglorious of action. But Frannie was kissing me! And whispering,
+"Oh, Frank, I love you! Don't you know it? Haven't you always known it?
+You'd never say it to me. Please--please say it now!"
+
+I murmured, "I love you, Frannie!" And held her close. That this could
+happen to me, ineffectual Frank Elgon!
+
+
+ II
+
+Our last evening in Crescent. We were all going to the Earth--all
+but old Greedo. Brett and Leela had decided to be married on Earth.
+Frannie and I also, for Frannie did not seem to care how poor I was.
+Greedo wanted to go; but he said he was too old. A visit to Earth for
+his daughters, and then he hoped we would come back. Our last evening.
+I chanced to go alone to the roof-top of Greedo's home. Its banks of
+flowers were vivid in the twilight. A breeze rustled the tall potted
+ferns. The stars overhead were glowing with a silver radiance, mirrored
+in the distant, placid waters of the lake. Within the house downstairs,
+Leela's softly singing voice floated up.
+
+Two figures sat in the starlight, among the flowers. Zee and Martt;
+close together, with his arm around her, and her head against his side,
+the tangle of her dark hair enveloping him.
+
+I heard him say, awkwardly but very tenderly, "Three couples can be
+married at once, on Earth, Zee. Let's do that. Shall we?"
+
+And heard her answering whisper, "Yes. Let's."
+
+I tiptoed silently away.
+
+
+ THE END
+
+*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 77512 ***